<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
<subtitle num="14" heading="Motor Vehicle Administration — Vehicle Inspections" title_num="11" title_heading="Department of Transportation">
  <chapter num="01" heading="General Inspection">
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".01" heading="Definitions.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>In COMAR 11.14.01—11.14.06 and 11.14.09, the following terms have the meanings indicated.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Terms Defined.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>“Administration” means the State Motor Vehicle Administration of the Maryland Department of Transportation.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>“Authorized dealer” means a Maryland dealer licensed as a truck inspection station.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>“Authorized inspection station” means a facility which has been licensed to perform inspections on, issue certificates to, or certify safety equipment repair orders for a specific class of vehicle. The following classes of stations are authorized to inspect the types of vehicles listed and any other type of vehicle authorized by the Division:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>A—passenger vehicles, limousines, low speed vehicles, recreational motor homes, trucks 10,000 pounds and under GVWR, trailers not equipped with air brakes, up to 20 feet in length, and multipurpose passenger vehicles, except 3-wheeled multipurpose vehicles;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>B—any trailer, including those equipped with air brakes;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>C—trucks, truck tractors, buses, recreational motor homes, converted buses, and limousines over 10,000 pounds GVWR;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>D—combination of Classes B and C;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>F—fleet (must own, operate, or control at least 15 vehicles);</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(f)">
            <text>M—motorcycles and 3-wheeled multipurpose vehicles, and trailers 20 feet or less in length, if the trailers are not equipped with air brakes;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(g)">
            <text>R—recreational motor homes and converted buses;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(h)">
            <text>T—any trailer up to 10,000 pounds GVWR not equipped with air brakes; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(i)">
            <text>G—combination of Classes R and T.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>“Bed” means the load-carrying part temporarily or permanently attached to a vehicle and separated from the passenger compartment and fully enclosed on both sides by sideboards or side panels, on the front by a board or panel or by the cab of the vehicle and, on the rear, by a tailgate, board, or panel.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>“Controller” means an individual who has submitted a Division application, passed a written examination administered by the Division, and been approved by the Division to control the dispensing of inspection certificates to registered inspection mechanics at an authorized inspection station.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>“Conviction” has the meaning stated in Transportation Article, §11-110, Annotated Code of Maryland.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>“Covert vehicle” means a vehicle used by the Division to monitor compliance with COMAR 11.14.01—11.14.06 and 11.14.09, by authorized inspection station personnel.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>Covert Vehicle Inspection.</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>“Covert vehicle inspection” means the submission of a covert vehicle to an authorized inspection station for inspection.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Covert vehicle inspection may include the presentation of a fictitious safety equipment repair order written for the purpose of covert investigation.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(9)">
          <text>“Dealer” means a dealer who is licensed in this State under Title 15 of the Transportation Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(10)">
          <text>“Division” means the Automotive Safety Enforcement Division of the Department of State Police.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(11)">
          <text>“Enclosures” means the front, rear, and sides of a vehicle bed as defined in Transportation Article, §24-106.1(d)(1), Annotated Code of Maryland.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(12)">
          <text>“Facility” means a dealer, vehicle repair garage, repair shop, or gasoline service station.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(13)">
          <text>“Fictitious safety equipment repair order” means a safety equipment repair order that is an authentic document, prepared by Division personnel, containing information that may be fabricated for the purpose of submission for inspection and compliance with COMAR.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(14)">
          <text>“GVWR” means the gross vehicle weight rating as determined by the manufacturer.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(15)">
          <text>“Inspection certificate” means a written certification by an inspection station that:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Certifies that, as of its date, a specified vehicle meets or exceeds the standards for equipment established in these regulations; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Is signed and dated on behalf of the inspection station by the registered individual who personally inspected the vehicle.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(16)">
          <text>“Licensee” means the owner of a private business, all partners of a partnership and, in cases of corporations, the corporate officer or person with written power of attorney or any other representative of the corporation as defined under Regulation .02A(3) of this chapter.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(17)">
          <text>“Limousine” means a vehicle that:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Has been modified or stretched for transportation of passengers;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Is driven as part of a service provided by a person that advertises itself as a provider of limousine services or registers with the Public Service Commission as a provider of limousine services; or</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Is equipped with amenities not normally provided in passenger cars, including a custom interior, television, video cassette recorder, musical sound system, telephone, ice storage area, additional interior lighting, and driver-passenger communication such as an intercom or power-operated driver partition.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(18)">
          <text>“Load cover” means a device made of canvas or other type material and used to enclose the open top of a vehicle bed.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(19)">
          <text>“Loose material” means loose material as defined in Transportation Article, §24-106.1(a), Annotated Code of Maryland, and COMAR 11.15.20.01.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(20)">
          <text>“Low speed vehicle” means a four-wheeled electric vehicle that has a maximum speed capability that exceeds 20 miles per hour but is less than 25 miles per hour.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(21)">
          <text>“Modular home trailer” means a trailer manufactured solely for the purpose of transporting modular homes or portions of modular homes. These vehicles may be inspected if they are overwidth or overlength, provided a permit has been issued by the State Highway Administration permitting movement on the highway.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(22)">
          <text>“Motorcycle” means a motor vehicle that:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Has motive power;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Has a seat or saddle for the use of the rider;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Is designed to travel:</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>On not more than three wheels in contact with the ground; and</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>At speeds exceeding 35 miles per hour; and</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Is of a type required to comply with all motor vehicle safety standards applicable to motorcycles under federal law.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(23)">
          <text>“Multipurpose passenger vehicle” means a motor vehicle that:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Is designed primarily for carrying persons which is constructed on a truck chassis or with special features for occasional off-road operations;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Has 3 wheels; or</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Is of unique design that does not clearly meet the requirements of any other class as determined by the Division, except 4-wheel drive passenger vehicles (sedans, convertibles, and station wagons).</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(24)">
          <text>“Police officer” means a uniformed police officer or a civilian employee of the Department of State Police as defined in Transportation Article, §§11-147 and 23-101(g), Annotated Code of Maryland.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(25)">
          <text>“Post manufacture window tint inspection report” means a form that:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Has been approved by the Division;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Has been completed by a registered inspection mechanic of an authorized inspection station approved to inspect post manufacture vehicle window tint; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Includes owner and vehicle information and light transmittance readings of regulated windows equipped with post manufacture window tint.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(26)">
          <text>“Post manufacture window tint medical exemption form” means a form issued by the Division for the purpose of providing notification and documentation to an authorized inspection station performing an inspection of a vehicle that:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Is owned by a person who must be protected from the sun for medical reasons and has been determined by the Division that the owner has met the medical exemption requirements established in Transportation Article, §22-406, Annotated Code of Maryland; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Excluding the light transmittance requirement, is compliant with all other post manufacture window tinting regulations under this subtitle.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(27)">
          <text>“Rebuilding” means the restoring of a salvage vehicle as set forth in Transportation Article, §13-506, Annotated Code of Maryland, or a vehicle which is inoperable because of the need for major or extensive repairs to the body, frame, suspension, engine, or drive train.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(28)">
          <text>“Registered inspection mechanic” means an individual who:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Has passed the appropriate written test;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Has demonstrated proficiency with inspection and test equipment; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Is not under any type of administrative sanctions.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(29)">
          <text>“SAE” means the Society of Automotive Engineers.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(30)">
          <text>“Safety equipment repair order (SERO)” means a written directive ordering repair of defective equipment on a specified vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(31)">
          <text>Second-Stage Manufacturer.</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>“Second-stage manufacturer” means a licensed second-stage manufacturer as defined in Transportation Article, §15-201, Annotated Code of Maryland.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>“Second-stage manufacturer” includes a person who works on an incomplete vehicle so that it becomes a complete vehicle in accordance with COMAR 11.15.27 and Transportation Article, §15-201, Annotated Code of Maryland.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(32)">
          <text>“Securement hardware” means any device or equipment used to attach or secure a cover on a vehicle bed.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(33)">
          <text>“Specially constructed vehicle” means a vehicle which was not originally constructed under a distinctive name, make, model, or type by a generally recognized manufacturer of vehicles and has not been materially altered from its original construction, including kit cars and replicas of previously manufactured vehicles.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(34)">
          <text>“State police” means the Maryland State Police.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(35)">
          <text>“Supervisor” means an individual who:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Has submitted a Division application, passed a written examination administered by the Division, and been approved by the Division to act on behalf of a licensee; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Is responsible for and supervises the daily operation of the inspection program at the licensee's facility.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(36)">
          <text>Vehicle.</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>“Vehicle” means, except as otherwise provided in this regulation, any vehicle registered or to be registered in this State as:</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>Class A (passenger) vehicle;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>Class E (truck) vehicle;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(iii)">
              <text>Class F (tractor) vehicle;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(iv)">
              <text>Class G (trailer) vehicle;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(v)">
              <text>Class J (vanpool) vehicle;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(vi)">
              <text>Class M (multipurpose) vehicle;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(vii)">
              <text>Class B (for hire) vehicle;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(viii)">
              <text>Class D (motorcycle) vehicle;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ix)">
              <text>Class Q (limousine) vehicle;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(x)">
              <text>For the purpose of load covers required by Transportation Article, §24-106.1, Annotated Code of Maryland, any vehicle as defined in Transportation Article, §11-176, Annotated Code of Maryland; or</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xi)">
              <text>For the purpose of safety equipment repair orders only, any motor vehicle, trailer, or semitrailer, except as provided in §B(36)(b) of this regulation.</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>“Vehicle” does not include any Class L (historic) vehicle, Class N (street rod) vehicle, or trailer which is a mobile home as defined in Transportation Article, §11-134, Annotated Code of Maryland.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(37)">
          <text>“Vehicle inspection handbook” means copies of regulations governing motor vehicle inspection which have been compiled in a handbook obtained from the Office of the Secretary of State, Division of State Documents, for the State of Maryland.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".02" heading="Licensing Requirements for Facilities.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>An application for an authorized inspection station license or renewal shall be submitted on a complete and legible form and signed in ink by the licensee, and accompanied by the fee set forth in COMAR 11.11.05, as follows:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Private business—shall be signed by the owner;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Partnership—shall be signed by all partners;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Corporation—shall be signed by a corporate officer or person with written power of attorney which shall either accompany the application or be on file with the Division.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Applications will not be accepted from any applicant who has been in business at that location for less than 6 months except:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Previously licensed facilities which have changed location;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Additional locations of existing or established businesses which have one or more branches licensed as authorized inspection stations;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>A dealer licensed by the Administration;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>When adequate documentation of previous business operational experience is presented, the Division Commander may waive the 6-month waiting period.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".03" heading="Personnel Requirements.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Hours of Operation.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Inspection stations shall have regular daytime business hours Monday through Friday from at least 8 a.m. to 4 p.m.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Inspection stations may adjust their regular business days in the best interests of the State and the public on written approval from the Division.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Inspection Mechanic Requirements.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Each licensee open to the public shall have available for duty during regular daytime business hours at least one full-time registered inspection mechanic at each authorized inspection station who shall:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Have successfully submitted an application for registered inspection mechanic which is complete, legible, bearing the applicant's signature in ink, and accompanied by the fee set forth in COMAR 11.11.05;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Be at least 18 years old; or at least 17 years old and possess a certificate of satisfactory completion of an automotive mechanic's course from an accredited Maryland high school or its equivalent;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Have a minimum of 12 months' general motor vehicle repair experience;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Be thoroughly familiar with the contents of the Vehicle Inspection Handbook;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>Possess a valid driver's license issued in the applicant's name for the class of vehicle to be driven in the course of inspection;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(f)">
            <text>Receive a grade of at least 80 on the administrative part of the examination given by the Division and each part of the examination applying to the class of vehicle on which the applicant will be performing inspections;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(g)">
            <text>Be reexamined if inactive for more than 6 months and be subject to periodic reexamination as required by the Division;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(h)">
            <text>Be capable of performing and passing a demonstrated ability exam as required and prescribed by the Division;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(i)">
            <text>Be capable of road testing the motor vehicle as part of the inspection procedure;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(j)">
            <text>Be responsible for and capable of:</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>Performing partial and complete inspections;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>Completing all inspection certificates and safety equipment repair orders; and</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(iii)">
              <text>Maintaining records pertaining to all complete or partial inspections that the mechanic performs; and</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(k)">
            <text>Refrain from the use, or being under the influence, of alcoholic beverages or controlled dangerous substances (CDS) during work hours.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Under §B(1)(f) of this regulation, an approved inspection mechanic need only take those parts of the examination for the additional vehicle class or classes for which the inspection mechanic is seeking to be approved with a grade of at least 80 for each additional part or parts. Three consecutive failures of the written examination shall require at least a 6-month waiting period before any subsequent written examination may be taken.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Under §B(1)(h) of this regulation, in cases when a written examination is required, or upon transfer from one authorized inspection station to another, the Division may require a registered inspection mechanic to pass the demonstrated ability exam. Three consecutive failures of any demonstrated ability exam shall require at least a 6-month waiting period before any subsequent exam. Demonstrated ability exams will be administered by the trooper or civilian employee of the Division assigned supervision of the station where the individual is employed only on routine station visit days and reexamination after failure will be conducted upon the next routine station visit, unless exigent circumstances exist.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Registered inspection mechanics may only be registered at one authorized inspection station on a full-time basis.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Controller Requirements.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The applicant/licensee shall designate a controller to control inspection certificates within the facility who shall:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Be approved by the Division to function in that capacity after successfully submitting a Division application and passing a written Supervisor/Controller Examination administered by the Division;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Be authorized to receive inspection certificates from the Division;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Be responsible for issuing in strict numerical sequence all inspection certificates to registered inspection mechanics upon satisfactory completion of inspection;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Assure that all certificates contain the date the vehicle is fully certified and are issued before the vehicle leaves the facility premises;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>Maintain strict security of all unused inspection certificates in a locked desk, cabinet, or safe, and assure that only designated personnel have access to the unused inspection certificates; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(f)">
            <text>Have all records of inspections available at the facility during normal working hours that may be removed by Division personnel as needed.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Supervisor Requirements.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The applicant/licensee shall designate supervisory personnel who shall:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Be approved by the Division to function in that capacity after successfully submitting a Division application and passing a written Supervisor/Controller Examination administered by the Division; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Be responsible for and supervise the daily operation of the inspection program at the licensee's facility.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".04" heading="Administrative Penalties.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The registration under Regulation .03 of this chapter may be refused, revoked, or suspended if the registered inspection mechanic, controller, supervisor, or inspection station licensee, has committed any of the following offenses:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Misrepresentation or falsification of facts;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Failure to comply with any requirements of these regulations;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Performing inspection or certifying a vehicle for which the mechanic is not registered to inspect, except for defects indicated on a SERO which can be visually certified;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Issuing an inspection certificate for a vehicle without having inspected its equipment;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Issuing a repair order certification for any specified equipment without having inspected that equipment;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>Issuing an inspection certificate for a vehicle for which the equipment does not meet or exceed the standards established;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>Issuing a repair order certification for any specified equipment if that equipment does not meet or exceed the standards established under this subtitle;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>Conviction for:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>A felony;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Assault;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Battery;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Theft;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>A crime involving fraud; or</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(f)">
            <text>A controlled dangerous substance (CDS) violation.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(9)">
          <text>Making, issuing, or knowingly using any fictitious inspection certificate, repair order certification, or other document approved or issued by the Division;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(10)">
          <text>Attaching, causing to be attached, or permitting to be attached to any vehicle an inspection certificate knowing it to be fictitious or issued without the equipment having been inspected for compliance with Transportation Article, Title 23, Subtitle 1, Annotated Code of Maryland;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(11)">
          <text>Issuing, causing to be issued, or permitting to be issued a repair order certification knowing it to be fictitious or issued without the equipment having been inspected for compliance with Transportation Article, Title 23, Subtitle 1, Annotated Code of Maryland;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(12)">
          <text>Materially altering or changing any equipment on a vehicle for which an inspection certificate or a repair order certification has been issued;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(13)">
          <text>A suspension or revocation of a driver's license within the past 3 years;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(14)">
          <text>Using or being under the influence of alcoholic beverages or a controlled dangerous substance (CDS) during work hours; or</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(15)">
          <text>Performing vehicle inspections in an area other than an approved designated inspection area.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>A registered inspection mechanic shall discontinue inspections and notify the Division of any of the following circumstances and may not resume inspections until authorized to do so by the Division:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Revocation, suspension, cancellation, or loss of driver's license;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Change of employment;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Conviction of a crime;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Condition or circumstance which may affect the mechanic's ability to conduct inspections or sign inspection certificates or safety equipment repair orders; or</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Request to cancel the registration.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>An authorized Maryland manufacturer, Maryland second-stage manufacturer, or dealer issuing a certification of repair for a dump service registration vehicle lift axle air/weight ratio defect without inspecting the equipment may have the privilege to certify safety equipment repair orders issued under COMAR 11.15.27.08C revoked.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>A Maryland diesel emissions retester, as prescribed in COMAR 11.21.02.08, that issues a certification of a repair to meet a diesel emission opacity standard without conducting an emissions test in accordance with COMAR 11.21.02 may have the privilege to certify safety equipment repair orders issued under COMAR 11.21.02 revoked.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".05" heading="Facility Requirements.">
      <text>A facility may be licensed as an authorized inspection station with a classification of A, B, C, F, M, R, T or any combination of them. The building and location shall conform to established requirements. If a combination license is applied for, the larger inspection and work area prevails and shall:</text>
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Be open and readily accessible to the general public except those facilities with an F classification.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations for the jurisdiction in which it is located.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Be appropriate for the business to be conducted as described below, including an entrance to the inspection area of sufficient height to accommodate the maximum legal height of vehicles to be inspected:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Authorized inspection station A—contain at least two work areas, one of which shall be at least 12 feet wide and 25 feet long.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Authorized inspection station B—contain an area at least 12 feet wide and at least 60 feet long. This area may be outside.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Authorized inspection station C—contain an area at least 15 feet wide and 45 feet long.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Authorized inspection station D—shall meet all requirements for Classes B and C.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Authorized inspection station F—contain an inspection area meeting the requirements established for the class or classes of vehicles owned or controlled by this facility.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>Authorized inspection station M—contain an area at least 10 feet wide and 15 feet long.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>Authorized inspection station R—contain an area at least 12 feet wide and 40 feet long.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>Authorized inspection station T—this area shall be at least 12 feet wide and at least 60 feet long. This area may be outside.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(9)">
          <text>Authorized inspection station G—shall meet all requirements of Classes R and T.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Allow minor repairs to be performed in the inspection area of any authorized inspection station open to the public, provided the area can be readily cleared for an inspection.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Require that the inspection area be within one building at the place of business of the licensee.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".06" heading="Inspection Area Requirements.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>An inside inspection area shall have a smooth, level hard-surfaced concrete or cement floor which:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Shall have no more than a 1 percent slope from front to rear, rear to front, or side to side;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>May not have a four-way slope;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Shall be free of work benches, displays, machinery, stairways, shelves, car washing equipment or any other obstructions which would create a hazard; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>May not be equipped with a drive-on lift.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Authorized inspection stations with two or more inspection areas may designate one area as a headlight testing/alignment area, provided this area meets the size requirements of the type of vehicle to be inspected and the requirements of §§A and C(2) of this regulation.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Class A, C, or R authorized inspection stations shall be designed and equipped with:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Two convex mirrors, a minimum of 12 inches in diameter each, one mounted facing forward from the left rear corner and one facing rearward on the right front corner of the inspection bay; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A track-mounted approved-type headlight tester.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Class A authorized inspection stations shall be equipped with:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A frame contact lift capable of raising vehicles, except for limousines and recreational motor homes, at least 5 feet off the floor; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Jack stands able to hold limousines and recreational motor homes when raised and placed on them.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Diagram of Bay Layout.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".07" heading="Inspection Test Equipment and Tools.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Applicants and licensees shall have the following test equipment and tools approved by the Division, except as specified in this regulation:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>One headlight tester (not required for Class B, M, or T), any track-mounted make or model:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Capable of accurately testing and aiming headlamp beam patterns and high intensity zones;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Equipped with an accurate beam candlepower output display; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Including necessary calibration equipment.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>One drum micrometer calibration gauge compatible with the brake drum measuring tool;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>One disc micrometer calibration gauge compatible with the brake disc measuring tool;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>One ball joint checker, any make or model equipped with a dial indicator and capable of accurately measuring ball joint or king pin movement in increments of 0.001 of an inch (not required for Class B or T);</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Two jack stands, any make or model, capable of supporting the types of vehicles subject to inspection;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>One roller/floor jack, any make or model capable of lifting types of vehicles subject to inspection;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>A drum brake micrometer, any make or model capable of accurately measuring for the appropriate type of vehicle the inside diameter of brake drums in at least 0.005 of an inch increments;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>A disc brake micrometer, any make or model with a pointed anvil, capable of accurately measuring for the appropriate type of vehicle the thickness of discs or rotors in increments of at least 0.001 of an inch;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(9)">
          <text>One brake shoe lining thickness gauge, any make or model capable of accurately measuring, for the types of vehicles subject to inspection, in fractions of an inch the remaining usable bonded brake lining or the thickness of brake lining remaining above rivet heads;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(10)">
          <text>One brake disc pad thickness gauge, any make or model capable of accurately measuring for the types of vehicles subject to inspection, in fractions of an inch the remaining usable bonded brake disc pad lining or the thickness of brake disc pad lining remaining above rivet heads;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(11)">
          <text>One ammeter, any make or model having a range of 0—40 amperes DC current (not required for Classes C or R);</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(12)">
          <text>One screwdriver, any type, capable of spreading tire cuts and breaks to determine severity of damage;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(13)">
          <text>One tire tread depth gauge, any make or model capable of accurately measuring tire tread depth in 1/32 of an inch;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(14)">
          <text>One minimum 25-foot steel tape of any type with clearly legible S.A.E. figures and markings;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(15)">
          <text>Two convex mirrors, a minimum of 12 inches in diameter each, any type providing a wide angle view of the front and rear of the inspection bay (not required for Classes B, M, or T);</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(16)">
          <text>Miscellaneous hand tools necessary to perform mechanical disassembly of vehicle components to conduct inspections;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(17)">
          <text>One typewritten or commercially printed S.A.E.-to-metric and metric-to-S.A.E. conversion chart enclosed in clear plastic;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(18)">
          <text>One tire pressure gauge, any make or model, capable of measuring air pressure in pounds per square inch (PSI) for type of vehicle being inspected;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(19)">
          <text>One 4-foot carpenter’s level, any make or model, capable of determining horizontal and vertical levelness (required only if using the Hoppy Vision 100 or the Symtech Corporation “HBA 5” headlight tester); and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(20)">
          <text>One window tint meter (not required for Class B or T), any make or model:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Manufactured as a two-piece device, portable and compact, with digital readout to the nearest percent;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Suitable for testing standard automotive glazing on roll down and fixed windows;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Designed to be operated by one person;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Equipped with an alignment aid feature to assist in obtaining and maintaining accuracy throughout the period of measurement;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>Equipped with an activation switch or button, off switch or button, or self deactivation;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(f)">
            <text>Equipped with the manufacturer’s reference sample/calibration standards that are labeled with the manufacturer’s name, serial number (if equipped), and percentage of light transmittance;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(g)">
            <text>Equipped with a light transmittance meter which shall maintain unit accuracy within + or – 2 percentage points (certified by an independent testing laboratory);</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(h)">
            <text>Designed to maintain repeatability within + or – 1 percentage point; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(i)">
            <text>Equipped with a portable carrying case.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <aftertext>(Manufacturers shall provide information to the Division regarding any change in specifications of any approved products used for tint inspection and certification in Maryland.)</aftertext>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Care of Test Equipment and Tools.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Test equipment and tools shall be maintained in proper working order at all times.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Any test equipment or tool requiring calibration shall be calibrated as required by the manufacturer, or more frequently, if necessary.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Any test equipment or tool that is not permanently mounted shall be kept together in or within close proximity to the inspection bay.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>The Division may add or delete test equipment and tools from those set forth in §A of this regulation by notifying licensed inspection stations in writing and requiring them to obtain the additional equipment within 90 days of the written notification.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Inspection stations shall have the following reference material for the appropriate class of station:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Class A inspection stations and any Class F fleet inspection stations inspecting the types of vehicles inspected by a Class A inspection station shall have:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Current model year brake, ball joint and tire guide specifications by July 1st of that year; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Emission guide specifications that are within two model years by July 1st of that year (for example, on July 1, 2011, such stations would be required to have either 2010 or 2011 model year emission guide specifications).</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Class C, D, F, R, and G inspection stations are required to have current model year brake specifications by July 1st of that year.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <text>Agency Note:
      
      The required specifications may take the form of a printed or electronic reference source from a computerized system, provided the reference material contains required specifications by July 1st of that year.</text>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Calibration and Certification of Equipment.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Licensed inspection stations shall calibrate their equipment once a month, or as required by §B(2) of this regulation.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Maryland manufacturers, second-stage manufacturers, or authorized dealers:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>May calibrate the standard automotive air pressure gauge specified in §J(1) of this regulation daily;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Shall certify the standard automotive air pressure gauge specified in §J(1) of this regulation at least semiannually; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Shall certify the scale or scales specified in §J(2) of this regulation at least semiannually.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>The calibration and certification data specified in §E(1) and (2) of this regulation shall be:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Recorded on a form furnished by the Division;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Made available to Division personnel on request; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Given, with respect to the calibration date specified in §E(1) of this regulation, to the supervising trooper or civilian employee of the Division at the time of the monthly station check.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>If any inspection tool or test equipment is found to be inoperative, the licensee shall have the equipment repaired or replaced within 72 hours. During this time, all unused inspection certificates shall be surrendered to the Division and all other issued materials may be retained by the licensee. Complete inspections, reinspections, or repair order certifications requiring the use of the inoperative equipment may not be performed.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>Upon repair or replacement of the inoperative equipment or tool within 72 hours, the unused inspection certificates shall be returned to the licensee.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="H.">
        <text>If the equipment or tool is not repaired or replaced within 72 hours, the unused certificates shall be retained by the Division and the licensee required to remove the inspection station sign from public view. All other issued materials shall be retained by the licensee. However, no complete inspections or repair order certifications may be performed.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="I.">
        <text>If the equipment or tool is not repaired or replaced within a total of 90 days, the license shall be suspended or revoked and all issued materials returned to the Division, except where a valid back order receipt is in evidence.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="J.">
        <text>Maryland manufacturers, second-stage manufacturers, or authorized dealers operating under COMAR 11.15.27.08 and State-operated weight facilities shall be equipped with a:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Standard automotive air pressure gauge as specified by the Maryland State Police in concurrence with the Maryland Department of Transportation; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Scale or scales capable of accurately measuring the weight of a lift axle on a four-axle dump truck.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="K.">
        <text>The Division Commander shall approve all required measuring devices of this regulation before use.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".08" heading="Repealed." />
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".09" heading="Agreement of Licensee.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Upon compliance with the requirements of Regulations .02—.07 of this chapter and being licensed as an authorized inspection station, the licensee:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Agrees to act in the best interest of the State and the general public and comply with the agreement contained in the application for an authorized inspection station license;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Acknowledges that the licensee understands the license may be revoked, suspended, or refused for the reasons provided in these regulations and, upon revocation, suspension, or refusal, the licensee shall surrender the license and all related materials issued by the Division; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Acknowledges that the Division reserves the right, in the interest of public safety and in determining compliance with the subtitle, to conduct covert vehicle inspections at authorized inspection stations.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>The licensee may not use as a defense, to a charge of violating any provision of this subtitle, that a fictitious safety equipment repair order was presented to the registered inspection mechanic as part of a covert vehicle inspection.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".10" heading="Obligations of Authorized Inspection Stations, Maryland Manufacturers, Second-Stage Manufacturers, and Dealers.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Inspections.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>At the request of a vehicle owner, dealer, or agent, the licensee shall perform a complete inspection or a reinspection of a vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Whether the vehicle's equipment meets minimum safety standards or is rejected because it does not, the licensee shall give the owner, dealer, or agent a copy of the Division's vehicle inspection report which shall list all defective equipment, if any.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>If a rejected vehicle is repaired and returned within 30 days and within 1,000 miles after the original inspection to the same authorized inspection station where it was rejected, only the defective equipment or any defect visually observed is required to be reinspected. Otherwise, a complete inspection shall be performed.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Appointments shall be honored, but if a complete inspection or reinspection cannot be performed when scheduled, an appointment for the complete inspection or reinspection shall be set for not more than 3 business days from the date of the original appointment.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Reinspections.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>For a reinspection, the registered inspection mechanic who originally performed the complete inspection shall perform the reinspection on the appointment date, if possible.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>If the registered inspection mechanic who performed the original complete inspection is not available on a scheduled reinspection appointment date, the licensee is responsible for a complete reinspection and may charge only the appropriate fee for reinspection of the equipment indicated defective when the original complete inspection was performed, or shall refund the fee for the original complete inspection.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>If the registered inspection mechanic who performed the original complete inspection has had the mechanic's registration suspended or revoked as a result of an administrative action, the licensee shall:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Refund the initial inspection fee; or</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>If there is another registered inspection mechanic at the station, have the vehicle completely reinspected and only charge the fee for the reinspected equipment.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>If the facility's authorized inspection station license is suspended or revoked as a result of an administrative action, the facility's owner shall refund the initial inspection fee.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>The licensee shall have available for use by all inspection personnel the Vehicle Inspection Handbook including all supplements.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Except as provided in §D(1) and (2) of this regulation, the licensee and the supervisor shall permit only registered inspection mechanics to perform inspections and only within the designated inspection area.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Certification of defects on safety equipment repair orders which require only a visual inspection may be performed outside the designated area but on the premises of the business.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The inspection and certification of defect #61 “TINT” on safety equipment repair orders may be performed outside the designated inspection area but on the premises of the business.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>The licensee and the supervisor shall permit only registered inspection mechanics to sign inspection certificates, vehicle inspection reports, safety equipment repair orders, or post manufacture window tint inspection reports.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>Maryland manufacturers, second-stage manufacturers, or authorized dealers certifying equipment repair orders under COMAR 11.15.27 are responsible for supplying a list of individuals authorized to certify safety equipment repair orders to the Automotive Safety Enforcement Division (ASED), and shall notify the ASED of changes to the list within 10 days.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>The licensee shall discontinue inspections and notify the Division of the following circumstances and may not resume inspections until authorized to do so by the Division:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Change in ownership, partnership, corporate representatives, or trade name;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Change in location of the facility;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Any remodeling or significant change to the inspection area;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Request of the licensee to cancel the licensee's license or application; or</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Any circumstance which prevents a complete inspection, the issuance of an inspection certificate, or a repair order certification.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="H.">
        <text>Notifying the Division.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The licensee or supervisor shall immediately notify the Division of the following circumstances:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Change of inspection or supervisory personnel;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Stolen, lost, or damaged inspection certificates, license, sign, or records pertaining to inspection;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Conviction of criminal or motor vehicle laws, restrictions imposed on driver's license, or loss of driver's license of any registered inspection mechanic; or any condition or circumstance which may affect the mechanic's ability to conduct inspections or sign inspection certificates or safety equipment repair orders; or</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Anything unusual to indicate the serial number plate has been tampered with.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>If a licensee does not have a registered inspection mechanic in the licensee's employ, the licensee shall surrender all unused inspection certificates to the Division and remove the inspection station sign from public view. If a registered inspection mechanic is not employed within 90 days, the license shall be cancelled.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="I.">
        <text>The licensee, when applicable, shall display the issued authorized inspection station sign on his property in a manner visible to the public on the main thoroughfare where the business is located.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="J.">
        <text>The licensee shall prominently display in public view the following in a frame and under clear glass or plastic:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Authorized inspection station license;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Required official inspection procedure chart with approved inspection fee; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Registered inspection mechanic list.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="K.">
        <text>The licensee or supervisor shall assure that the inspection area is kept clear.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="L.">
        <text>Inspection Fee.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The licensee of an authorized inspection station open to the public may establish a fee for a complete inspection based on the times listed in this section at the hourly flat rate charged for similar mechanical repairs:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Vehicles 10,000 pounds and under GVWR — 1.5 hours, which includes 0.4 hour for adjustment of headlights;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Vehicles 10,000 pound and under GVWR with 4-wheel drive or full floating axles — 2.0 hours, which includes 0.4 hour for adjustment of headlights, and with each additional axle add 1 hour;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Vehicles over 10,000 pounds GVWR with front and rear brakes — 2.9 hours, which includes 0.4 hour for adjustment of headlights, and with each additional axle add 1.5 hours;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Vehicles over 10,000 pounds GVWR without front brakes — 2.4 hours, which includes 0.4 hour for adjustment of headlights and with each additional axle with brakes add 1.5 hours;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>Trailers under 10,000 pounds GVWR without brakes — 0.5 hour, and with each axle with brakes add 0.5 hour;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(f)">
            <text>Trailers over 10,000 pounds GVWR — 0.5 hour:</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>Each additional axle with single wheels add 0.75 hour; and</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>Each additional axle with dual wheels add 1.5 hours.</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(g)">
            <text>Motorcycles — 0.75 hour; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(h)">
            <text>Vehicles with post manufacture window tint applied to windows required to meet at least 35 percent light transmittance and compliant with all other post manufacture window tinting regulations under this subtitle — 0.2 hour of hourly flat rate in addition to applicable inspection fees established under this section.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>If the defects are not repaired at the authorized inspection station and the vehicle is returned for reinspection and certification, a prorated inspection fee may be charged for the reinspection of those defects requiring jacking, lifting, measuring, or testing. A fee, if charged, will be based on defect or defects inspection as set forth in the safety equipment repair order certification procedures. However, an additional fee may not be charged for the reinspection of those defects which may be visually inspected and do not require the use of test or inspection equipment.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Safety Equipment Repair Order Certification Procedures. A fee for certification of defects on a safety equipment repair order may be charged as follows and based on the prevailing hourly labor flat rate at the authorized inspection station. Those defects which can be merged shall be charged at the single highest rate, for example, tires and steering, 0.2 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate, or tires and wheel alignment, 0.3 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate. The inspection fee for multiple defects which can be merged may not be higher than the highest single time increment. Those which cannot be merged may be charged separately provided the total inspection fee is not exceeded. An inspection fee may not be charged for the certification of a SERO with defects which may be visually inspected. These defects are noted with an asterisk on the SERO and do not require the use of test or inspection equipment. The licensee may establish a fee for certification of a SERO which cannot be visually inspected based on the following fee charged for inspections:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Defect #50 brakes:</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>Vehicles over 10,000 pounds GVWR with dual wheels — 1.5 hours of the facility's hourly labor flat rate per axle for removing each wheel and inspecting the brakes on each axle;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>Vehicles over 10,000 pounds GVWR with single wheels — 0.5 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate per axle for removing each wheel and inspecting the brakes on each axle; and</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(iii)">
              <text>All other vehicles requiring wheel removal — 0.5 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate per axle for removing each wheel and inspecting the brakes on each axle.</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Other defects:</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>Defect #51 tires — 0.2 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>Defect #52 steering — 0.2 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(iii)">
              <text>Defect #53 exhaust system — 0.3 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(iv)">
              <text>Defect #54 windshield wipers*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(v)">
              <text>Defect #55 headlights* — 0.3 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate to check for aim; and an additional 0.1 hour may be added if adjustment is needed;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(vi)">
              <text>Defect #56 taillights*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(vii)">
              <text>Defect #57 horn*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(viii)">
              <text>Defect #58 driver's seat — 0.2 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ix)">
              <text>Defect #59 suspension/shocks — 0.2 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(x)">
              <text>Defect #60 bumper or bumpers*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xi)">
              <text>Defect #61 glass* tint — 0.2 hour of the facility’s hourly labor flat rate to test the light transmittance of windows equipped with post manufacture window tint and required to have at least 35 percent light transmittance;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xii)">
              <text>Defect #62 load cover*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xiii)">
              <text>Defect #64 stop lights*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xiv)">
              <text>Defect #65 tag light or lights*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xv)">
              <text>Defect #66 dash lights*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xvi)">
              <text>Defect #67 wheel alignment — 0.3 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xvii)">
              <text>Defect #68 rearview mirrors*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xviii)">
              <text>Defect #69 door latch or door handle*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xix)">
              <text>Defect #70 fuel system — 0.2 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate, except cap*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xx)">
              <text>Defect #71 turn signals*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxi)">
              <text>Defect #72 wheel or wheel lugs — 0.2 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxii)">
              <text>Defect #73 hood catch or hood catches*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxiii)">
              <text>Defect #74 floor/trunk pan or pans — 0.2 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxiv)">
              <text>Defect #76 fenders or flaps*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxv)">
              <text>Defect #77 speedometer/odometer — 0.2 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxvi)">
              <text>Defect #78 hazard warning lamps*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxvii)">
              <text>Defect #79 parking lamps*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxviii)">
              <text>Defect #80 side marker lamps*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxix)">
              <text>Defect #81 fog/auxiliary lamps — 0.3 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxx)">
              <text>Defect #82 emergency warning lamps*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxxi)">
              <text>Defect #83 back-up lamp or lamps*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxxii)">
              <text>Defect #84 reflectors*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxxiii)">
              <text>Defect #85 external air brake components — 0.3 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxxiv)">
              <text>Defect #86 low air warning device*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxxv)">
              <text>Defect #87 clearance lamp*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxxvi)">
              <text>Defect #88 identification lamps*;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxxvii)">
              <text>Defect #89 safety belts — 0.3 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxxviii)">
              <text>Defect #90 lift axle air/weight ratio — 0.5 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate; and</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(xxxix)">
              <text>Defect #91 diesel emission — 0.5 hour of the facility's hourly labor flat rate.</text>
            </paragraph>
            <aftertext>Agency Note
            
            : Before use of the station’s window tint meter is permitted and a fee is charged to inspect regulated windows equipped with post manufacture window tint, the vehicle must first be compliant with all other post manufacture window tinting regulations under this subtitle. The inspection and certification for the defect "tint” not requiring the use of a window tint meter shall be performed without charge and only by an authorized inspection station approved to inspect that class of vehicle.</aftertext>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Any class of authorized inspection station open to the public may certify any defect on a safety equipment repair order which is indicated as visually certifiable. Defects which can be visually certified are indicated by an asterisk after the defect on a safety equipment repair order.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>A request for an inspection fee increase shall be justified to the satisfaction of the Division before being charged. Inspection fee increases shall be approved by the Division. Requests to increase the inspection fee shall be submitted to the Division on the approved form.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".11" heading="Records.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>To enable the Division to determine the ability of each authorized inspection station to continue to conduct inspections and make corrections to equipment, each authorized inspection station shall maintain on their premises, adequate records in strict numerical sequence and as otherwise required by the Division. These records shall be available to the Division and other police officers during normal working hours. The inspection certificates and the Division's vehicle inspection reports shall be maintained for at least 8 months from the date of issuance and safety equipment repair orders and certifications for at least 2 years from the date of certification. Post manufacture window tint inspection reports and medical exemption forms shall be maintained by authorized inspection stations as required by the Division. These records shall include:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Inspection certificates issued;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Safety equipment repair order certifications filed numerically by calendar year;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Two-part vehicle inspection reports, for the appropriate vehicle classes, signed by the registered inspection mechanics who performed the inspections;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Two-part post manufacture window tint inspection reports, completed and signed by the registered inspection mechanics who performed the inspections of  post manufacture window tint applied to regulated windows of vehicles; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Post manufacture window tint medical exemption forms issued by the Division.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>The two-part vehicle inspection report shall be printed in black ink and made from carbonless paper, so that the second part shall  have the exact information on it as the first part. The original of the two part vehicle inspection report shall be white in color and the carbonless copy shall be yellow in color. The inspection report shall be completed in black ink. The original of the report shall be maintained at the inspection station and the copy shall be given to the vehicle owner, owner's agent, or the dealer. The vehicle inspection report shall:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Contain the name, complete address, and phone number of the owner, owner's agent, or dealer requesting the vehicle inspection;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Contain the year, make, model, and serial number or manufacturer's vehicle identification number (VIN) as obtained from the vehicle and indicate any information relevant to possible tampering with a serial number plate;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Indicate the inspection station assigned number;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Contain the date of initial inspection which shall include the name of the month, a two-digit date, and the year (for example, June 04, 2011);</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Indicate the odometer reading at the time of inspection on the applicable vehicles;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>Indicate whether equipment required to be inspected meets established safety standards;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>Indicate wheels or drums removed for inspection;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>Indicate the measurements and minimum specifications of brake discs and maximum specifications of brake drums;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(9)">
          <text>Indicate brake lining or pad thickness measurements at the thinnest point above the rivet head on riveted lining or the thinnest point on bonded lining;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(10)">
          <text>Indicate ball joint or king pin play measurements obtained by use of a ball joint checker. If no play is present, a zero will be sufficient. If the vehicle is equipped with wear-indicating ball joints, note this on the vehicle inspection report;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(11)">
          <text>Indicate a “P” for headlight alignment that passes, or an “F” for headlight alignment that fails, in the block for headlight readings obtained by use of a Division-approved headlight tester before adjustments are made; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(12)">
          <text>Indicate the work order number from a preprinted numbered internal work order that cross-references the initial inspection and any repair work performed by the inspection station related to the inspection.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Initial inspections and any repair work performed by the inspection station related to the inspection shall be documented on a preprinted numbered internal work order.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Permission shall be obtained from the vehicle owner or agent before any repair resulting from an inspection is performed at the authorized inspection station.  If any such repair work over $50 is necessary, this permission should be in writing. All the requirements of the auto repair facilities law, Commercial Law Article, Title 14, Subtitle 10, Annotated Code of Maryland, shall be complied with by each authorized inspection station.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>The inspection station shall give the owner, the owner's agent, or the dealer the completed carbonless copy of the two-part vehicle inspection report, and on reinspection shall indicate on the original report whether the equipment has been repaired and meets established safety standards.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>The two-part post manufacture window tint inspection report shall be printed in black ink and made from carbonless paper, so that the second part shall have the exact information on it as the first part. The original shall be white in color and the carbonless copy shall be yellow in color. The inspection report shall be completed in black ink.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The post manufacture window tint inspection report shall be completed as required by the Division and shall:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Contain the date of inspection which shall include the name of the month, a two-digit date, and the year (for example, June 04, 2011);</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Contain, when applicable, the corresponding inspection certificate number or safety equipment repair order number;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Contain the year, make, model, and serial number or manufacturer's vehicle identification number (VIN) as obtained from the vehicle;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Contain the name, address, and phone number of the owner, owner's agent, or the dealer requesting the vehicle inspection;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>Indicate the percentage of light transmittance of each regulated window containing post manufacture vehicle window tint;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(f)">
            <text>Indicate in the appropriate (Pass / Fail) box the results of the post manufacture window tint inspection;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(g)">
            <text>Contain the written signature and legibly printed name of the registered inspection mechanic who performed the inspection; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(h)">
            <text>Contain the name, address, station number, and classification of the authorized inspection station using a legible stamp and black ink.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Upon completion of the post manufacture window tint inspection report, the original of the report shall be maintained at the inspection station as required by the Division and the carbonless copy shall be given to the vehicle owner, owner's agent, or the dealer for their records.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>The post manufacture window tint medical exemption form shall be established and issued only by the Division for the purpose of providing notification and documentation to an authorized inspection station performing an inspection of a vehicle that:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Is owned by a person who must be protected from the sun for medical reasons and has been determined by the Division that the owner has met the medical exemption requirements established in Transportation Article, §22-406, Annotated Code of Maryland; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Excluding the light transmittance requirement, is compliant with all other post manufacture window tinting regulations under this subtitle.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="H.">
        <text>The post manufacture window tint medical exemption form issued by the Division shall be maintained by the authorized inspection station as required by the Division.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="I.">
        <text>The Division may require the licensee to maintain certain other administrative records pertaining to the inspection process.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="J.">
        <text>A Maryland manufacturer, second-stage manufacturer, or authorized dealer as specified under COMAR 11.15.27 who certifies safety equipment repair orders for lift axle air/weight ratio for dump service registration vehicles shall maintain safety equipment repair orders for at least 2 years. These safety equipment repair order certifications shall be filed numerically for each calendar year.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="K.">
        <text>Recording VIN. Under §B(2) of this regulation, if a vehicle has more than one VIN, the registered mechanic shall, if the numbers are obtainable, record each VIN on the inspection certificate and the vehicle inspection report. On vehicles classified as homemade trailers, the VIN plate shall be attached to the outside of the left portion of the trailer tongue as near as possible to the front of the trailer body. If this is not practical, the plate shall be attached to the outside of the left side rail of the frame as near as possible to the front of the trailer. The plate shall be attached with rivets.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".12" heading="Revocation, Suspension, or Refusal of Authorized Inspection Station License.">
      <text>The following may be cause for revocation, suspension, or refusal of an authorized inspection station license:</text>
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Failure to maintain any of the standards or requirements set forth in these regulations;</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Failure to notify the Division of personnel, physical plant, or equipment changes;</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Failure to maintain required records;</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Change in ownership, partnership, corporate representatives, or trade name;</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Change in location of the facility or inspection area;</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>Failure to maintain inspection tools and test equipment in proper working condition;</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>Violation of any provision or requirement of these regulations, or violation of any part of Transportation Article, Title 23, Subtitle 1, Annotated Code of Maryland.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".13" heading="Repealed." />
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".14" heading="Vehicle Sale or Transfer of Ownership.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>An inspection is required when a used vehicle is sold or ownership is transferred or when a used vehicle is to be titled and registered in the State. As requested by a vehicle owner, owner's agent, or dealer, a certified inspection mechanic at an inspection station shall perform a complete inspection, as set forth in this subtitle.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>An inspection is not required for:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Sales or transfers of used vehicles to a licensed or foreign dealer;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Sales or transfers accompanied by a signed statement by the purchaser or transferee that the sale or transfer is made for the purpose of rebuilding, as defined in Regulation .01B(27) of this chapter, or dismantling the vehicle;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Transfers between spouses or between former spouses when the transfer occurs as a result of a settlement or court order predating the divorce;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Transfers between parent and child or child and parent;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Transfers of co-owned vehicles when a co-owner's name is being removed from the title;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>Sales or transfers of used vehicles which are not to be both titled and registered in the State;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>Transfers of used vehicles among State agencies;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>Transfers of used vehicles as described in Transportation Article, §13-503.2, Annotated Code of Maryland;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(9)">
          <text>The transfer of a used vehicle into a written inter vivos trust in which the transferor is the primary beneficiary; or</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(10)">
          <text>The transfer of a used island vehicle, as defined in Transportation Article, §13-935, Annotated Code of Maryland, registered, or to be registered, as a Class K (farm area/island) vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Either the transferor or the transferee may obtain required inspection certificates for vehicles registered or to be registered as:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Class E (truck) over 3/4 ton manufacturer's rated capacity;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Class F (tractor); or</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Class G (freight trailer or semitrailer).</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>If a used vehicle is transferred other than by voluntary transfer or is transferred by a political subdivision of the State after that subdivision obtains the vehicle by proceedings pursuant to Criminal Procedure Article, Title 12, Annotated Code of Maryland, the transferee shall obtain the inspection certificate from an authorized inspection station.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".15" heading="Inspection Certificate.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Upon successful completion of an inspection, the registered inspection mechanic who performed the inspection shall issue a prenumbered inspection certificate before the vehicle leaves the premises. The inspection certificate shall be completed in black ink and:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Contain the serial number or manufacturer's identification number (vehicle identification number) obtained from the vehicle;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Contain the make, type, year, and current odometer reading of the vehicle when applicable;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Contain the name, address, station number, and classification of the authorized inspection station using a legible stamp and black ink;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Contain a certification date which shall include the name of the month, a two-digit date, and the year, for example, January 02, 2010, or March 23, 2012;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Contain the written signature and legibly printed name of the registered inspection mechanic who performed the inspection; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>Be distributed as follows:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>The original copy of the certificate shall be furnished to the vehicle owner, dealer, or agent;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>The purchaser's copy shall be given to the owner, dealer, or agent who shall deliver this copy to the purchaser upon transfer of ownership of the vehicle;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Inspection station copy shall be maintained as required by Regulation .11 of this chapter; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Additional instructions are on the reverse side of the copies of the inspection certificate.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>If the original inspection certificate is lost, damaged, or contains incorrect or illegible information and a duplicate certificate is necessary, the following will apply:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A duplicate certificate may only be issued by the inspection mechanic who issued the original certificate unless authorized otherwise by the Division;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Except for corrections, a duplicate certificate shall contain exactly the same date, odometer reading, and all other pertinent information as the original certificate; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>When possible, the original certificate and all copies will be marked VOID, cross-referenced with the duplicate certificate and filed as required by Regulation .11 of this chapter.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Inspection certificates will be issued to each authorized inspection station by the Division.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Inspection certificates shall remain valid for 90 calendar days from the date the inspection certificate is issued.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>An inspection certificate issued for a used vehicle owned and held in inventory by a dealer licensed under Transportation Article, Title 15, Annotated Code of Maryland, shall remain valid for 6 months or 1,000 miles from the date the inspection certificate was issued, whichever occurs first.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>A vehicle titled and registered with the Administration may be transferred and retitled to another owner within 30 days from the date of the last inspection without requiring a reinspection.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".16" heading="Safety Equipment Repair Orders.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The vehicle owner or his agent shall present the No. 3, 4, and 5 copies of the safety equipment repair order to an authorized inspection station. The registered inspection mechanic shall inspect as set forth in the Vehicle Inspection Handbook, or as directed by the Division, only those defects indicated on the repair order to determine if the defects have been corrected and meet or exceed established safety standards. Inspection mechanics who are presented with a fictitious safety equipment repair order as defined in Regulation .01B(13) of this chapter, shall complete an inspection of only those defects indicated on the fictitious safety equipment repair order in accordance with established procedures and in a manner identical to an actual repair order. If the defects have been corrected and meet or exceed established safety standards, the registered inspection mechanic shall certify the safety equipment repair order using the method prescribed for inspection certificates contained in Regulation .15A(3)—(5) of this chapter, in the space provided and copies shall be distributed as follows:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Number 3 (inspection station/police department) copy — retained and filed as required by Regulation .11 of this chapter;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Number 4 (owner/agent) copy — returned to the vehicle owner or the owner's agent for his records; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Number 5 (State Police compliance copy) — returned to the vehicle owner or the owner's agent to be forwarded to the Division.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Important instructions for the vehicle owner and authorized inspection station are on the reverse sides of the owner's and inspection station copies.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>If a notice of suspension is presented for certification, the procedures set forth in §A of this regulation will apply and the copies shall be distributed as follows:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Letter (white) copy — returned to vehicle owner/agent to be forwarded to the Division;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Yellow (inspection station/police department) copy — retained on file as required by §A(1) of this regulation; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Goldenrod (owner/agent) copy — returned to vehicle owner/agent.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>A dump service registration vehicle registered under COMAR 11.15.27 that receives a safety equipment repair order for an inaccurate lift axle air/weight ratio shall be inspected during normal business hours by:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A Maryland manufacturer;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A Maryland second-stage manufacturer;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>An authorized dealer; or</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>A State-operated weight facility.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>A vehicle owner or the vehicle owner's agent receiving a safety equipment repair order under COMAR 11.15.27.08C shall present for certification the No. 3, 4, and 5 copies of the safety equipment repair order to:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A Maryland manufacturer;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A Maryland second-stage manufacturer;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>An authorized dealer; or</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>A State-operated weight facility.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>A diesel vehicle as defined in COMAR 11.21.02.01 that receives a safety equipment repair order for violating emissions standards under COMAR 11.21.02.06 shall be inspected during normal operating hours by:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A Maryland emissions inspector; or</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A diesel emissions retester in Maryland as prescribed in COMAR 11.21.02.08.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>A vehicle owner or owner's agent receiving a safety equipment repair order under COMAR 11.21.02 shall present for certification copies 3, 4, and 5 of the safety equipment repair order to a:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Maryland emissions inspector; or</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A diesel emissions retester in Maryland as prescribed in COMAR 11.21.02.08.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".17" heading="Suspension of Vehicle Registration.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Whenever the owner of a vehicle fails to comply with a safety equipment repair order within the time prescribed by law, a notice of suspension of the registration plates shall be issued.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Whenever the owner of a vehicle fails to comply with a notice of suspension which requires the registration plates to be returned to the Administration within 10 days, a tag pick up order shall be issued. The registration plates are subject to confiscation by a police officer, as defined in Transportation Article, §23-101(g), Annotated Code of Maryland, following procedures established by the Division, and shall be forwarded to the Administration upon confiscation.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>The Administration shall retain the confiscated registration plates until the suspension is rescinded. Upon satisfactory proof of correction of defective equipment, the Maryland State Police shall notify the Administration, and registration plates shall be released or issued to the owner of the vehicle.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".18" heading="Administrative Hearings.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Complaints of violations of these regulations will be investigated by the Division. If the investigation reveals a violation which warrants an administrative hearing, all parties shall be afforded an opportunity for a hearing after reasonable notice.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>A hearing held as a result of a violation which warrants emergency suspension shall be conducted in accordance with State Government Article, Title 10, Subtitle 2, Annotated Code of Maryland, and COMAR 29.01.01.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>If a person fails to appear for a hearing scheduled for alleged violations of the Transportation Article, Maryland Vehicle Law, Annotated Code of Maryland, or any of the regulations duly promulgated, and has notice of the hearing given by the Division pursuant to the provisions of §§B and D of this regulation, the Division may revoke, suspend, or cancel the authorized inspection station license or the inspection mechanic's registration.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Emergency suspension hearings and hearings on other violations resulting in the imposition of administrative penalties that are not accepted may be appealed to the Office of Administrative Hearings in accordance with State Government Article, §10-205, Annotated Code of Maryland.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <annotations>
      <annotation type="Authority">Transportation Article, §§12-104(b), 23-101—23-109, and 24-106.1, Annotated Code of Maryland</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Effective date: November, 1965</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter revised effective March 7, 1980 (7:5 Md. R. 475)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter revised effective October 31, 1988 (15:22 Md. R. 2556)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .01B amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686); October 9, 1995 (22:20 Md. R. 1544)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .03 amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .04 amended effective October 9, 1995 (22:20 Md. R. 1544)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .04A amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .05A and C amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .06 amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .07 amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .07C amended effective October 9, 1995 (22:20 Md. R. 1544)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .07H adopted effective October 9, 1995 (22:20 Md. R. 1544)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .08 repealed effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .09 amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .10 amended effective October 9, 1995 (22:20 Md. R. 1544)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .10F—I amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .11 amended effective October 9, 1995 (22:20 Md. R. 1544)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .11B amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .15D, E adopted effective October 9, 1995 (22:20 Md. R. 1544)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .16B amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter revised effective March 23, 1998 (25:6 Md. R. 488)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .01B adopted as an emergency provision effective January 1, 2006 (33:4 Md. R. 349); emergency provision extended at 33:15 Md. R. 1275; emergency status expired December 28, 2006</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .01B amended effective March 27, 2006 (33:6 Md. R. 579)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .01B amended as an emergency provision effective March 9, 2007 (34:9 Md. R. 824); emergency provision expired September 5, 2007</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .01B amended effective September 10, 2007 (34:18 Md. R. 1580)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .04D adopted effective July 10, 2000 (27:13 Md. R. 1212)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .09 amended effective March 27, 2006 (33:6 Md. R. 579)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .10L amended effective July 10, 2000 (27:13 Md. R. 1212)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .16F, G adopted effective July 10, 2000 (27:13 Md. R. 1212)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter revised effective February 1, 2012 (39:1 Md. R. 18)</annotation>
    </annotations>
  </chapter>
  <chapter num="02" heading="Safety Standards for Passenger Cars, Taxicabs, Light Trucks, Vans, Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles, and Type II School Vehicles">
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".01" heading="Applicability.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The standards, requirements and procedures set forth in this chapter are applicable to equipment originally installed by the manufacturer or required by federal or State requirements on passenger cars, taxicabs, light trucks 10,000 pounds and under GVWR, vans, multipurpose passenger vehicles with a chassis capacity up to 10,000 pounds, and type II school vehicles. Any questions regarding passenger cars, taxicabs, light trucks, vans, multipurpose passenger vehicles with a chassis capacity up to 10,000 pounds, and type II school vehicle standards or specifications shall be referred to the Automotive Safety Enforcement Division of the Maryland State Police. Any person constructing or reconstructing these types of vehicles shall assure the vehicle meets or exceeds all applicable federal or State safety standards.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Three-wheel multipurpose vehicles which have an enclosed occupant compartment shall meet all established minimum standards for four-wheel multipurpose vehicles with the exception of headlamps. If a three-wheel multipurpose vehicle which has an enclosed occupant compartment is constructed with one wheel in the front and the design of the vehicle's body is such that two headlamps are impractical, one headlamp meeting established minimum standards for motorcycles will be acceptable if the vehicle is equipped with parking lamps, turn signal lamps, and side marker lamps, as required, which adequately indicate the extreme width of the vehicle front and rear.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Vehicles specially constructed as an exact replica of a previously manufactured vehicle, which have been designated or otherwise would qualify as an historic vehicle or a vehicle of unique interest as defined by the Motor Vehicle Administration for registration of these original vehicles, shall meet all applicable established minimum standards for vehicles of the same model year in which the vehicle is actually constructed and titled with the following exceptions:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Regulation 10A(2)(c), side marker lamps: If the original counterpart of the specially constructed vehicle was manufactured without side marker lamps, side marker lamps are not required on the exact replica;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Regulation .08A: If the original counterpart of the specially constructed vehicle was manufactured without fenders or with fenders which do not meet current established minimum standards, the specially constructed vehicle need only conform to the exact design of its original counterpart to meet the requirements for fenders;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Regulation .07A: If the original counterpart of the specially constructed vehicle was manufactured without bumpers, with concealed bumpers, or with bumpers which do not meet current established minimum standards, the specially constructed vehicle need only conform to the exact design of its original counterpart to meet the requirements for bumpers;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Regulation .10A(1)(c)(iv), red high mounted stop lamp: If the original counterpart of the specially constructed vehicle was manufactured without a red high mounted stop lamp, a red high mounted stop lamp is not required on the exact replica; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>The Division Commander may authorize in writing a waiver of additional inspection requirements to be consistent with the original vehicle counterpart.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".02" heading="Steering, Alignment, and Suspension.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Steering. Inspect the entire steering system including steering wheel, steering column, lash, linkage, free play, and power steering for missing, loose, damaged, or worn parts.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Steering Wheel. The steering wheel shall be inspected to determine if it is circular (complete rim) and free of cracks, breaks, or objects which will interfere with the safe steering of the vehicle. The inspection will also be to determine that the steering wheel is original equipment or equivalent, including diameter.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Energy Absorbing Steering Column. To determine if the components are capable of functioning as designed, a careful inspection shall be performed, and include any objects on the steering column. An external examination of either shear pins or collapsible mesh-type material shall also be performed.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Lash.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Travel.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Linkage.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>Power Steering.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <aftertext>Figure 2 STEERING LASH OR FREE PLAY.</aftertext>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Wheel Alignment. There are five basic factors which are the foundations to front wheel alignment: caster, camber, toe-in, steering axis inclination, and toe-out on turns. All are mechanically adjustable except steering axis inclination and toe-out on turns. Overall front wheel alignment can be somewhat grossly indicated by measurement of front wheel toe. Excessive toe-in or toe-out is a general indication that a complete check should be made of all front wheel alignment factors. Rear wheel misalignment on vehicles with fixed rear suspension can be caused by broken or damaged springs, trailing rods, or center bolts and improper toe or camber adjustment on vehicles with independent rear suspension. If during road test there are no undesirable steering or handling reactions, caster and camber check is not necessary.</text>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Caster. Caster is the forward or backward tilt, from vertical of the spindle support arm at the top. Improper caster can cause hard steering, low speed shimmy, wander, and brake pull problems.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Camber. Camber is the inward or outward tilt of the top of the wheel from vertical. Improper camber can cause erratic tire wear problems, hard steering, and wander.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Rear Wheel Alignment.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <aftertext>Figure 6 CASTER ANGLES.</aftertext>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Suspension. Inspect the suspension system for missing, broken, damaged, worn, rusted, or modified wheel bearings, ball joints, control arms, springs, torsion bars or frame that would affect vehicle stability.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Ball Joints. In checking for motion of ball joints, check in accordance with manufacturer's specifications, keep in mind that the load carrying joint is unloaded in procedures(a) and (b), and that a pry bar pressure sufficient only to lift the weight of the wheel assembly is required. If the inspector uses the “leverage” of a pry bar to exert excessive pressure, he can easily force an apparent ball joint movement and get a false reading. This may result in expensive replacement of perfectly good joints. Therefore, only a 12-inch to 18-inch pry bar should be used. Ball joints should be properly lubricated before inspection.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Ball Joints. Inspection of ball joints on models before 1973 shall be performed with the joints unloaded. Beginning with some 1973 models, however, some manufacturers provide a wear-indicating ball joint to facilitate inspection in which case a visual inspection is made with joints loaded.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Ball Joints. Inspection of nonload carrying ball joints shall also be performed with the joints unloaded. With the vehicle properly jacked, inspect for any noticeable looseness. (See Figures 8 and 9)</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>King Pin or Spindle Bolts. Inspection of king pins or spindle bolts shall be made to determine if there are any missing, broken or worn parts that may affect the steering or suspension of the vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Wheel Bearings. Wheel bearings out of adjustment can cause wander, unequal brake action, and noise due to interference of parts. Wheel bearings should be properly lubricated prior to inspection.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>Springs and Torsion Bars. Loose, sagging, or broken springs or torsion bars, worn or deteriorated bushings, loose or extended shackles and loose or mislocated U-bolts, suspension modifications or broken center bolts, can cause vehicle handling instability and brake pull.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>Shock Absorbers/Shock Struts.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <aftertext>Figure 8 BALL JOINT JACKING PROCEDURE — HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT.</aftertext>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".03" heading="Brakes.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Service Brake Performance Tests.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Road tests and visual procedures. Service brake tests shall be conducted on a substantially level, dry, hard, smooth surface road or area that is free from loose material, oil, or grease. Using the service brake only, the stopping ability of the vehicle shall be tested by one of the following methods:</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Station test and visual inspection procedures. Before attempting inspection by this method, the inspector should be trained and experienced in the use of the equipment and the equipment must have adequate capacity.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Dynamic Brake Inspection. This test is for stations equipped with a roller-type brake dynamometer. The rollers should be dry, smooth, and free of oil or grease. The machine indicates both braking effort and imbalance. Brakes on front and rear axles are evaluated separately.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Hydraulic System.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Tests and visual inspection procedures. Recommended for inspection programs which must accommodate a large volume of vehicles. Results will indicate whether or not a vehicle has reasonably safe brakes at the time of inspection. The engine shall be running when checking vehicles with power assisted hydraulic systems. These procedures are applicable to vehicles equipped with hand controls for the physically handicapped.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>At least one front and one opposite rear wheel shall be removed for brake inspection. When any deficiency is noted upon inspection of a wheel pulled, the other wheel on the same axle shall also be pulled for complete brake inspection. Always inspect a brake assembly which shows evidence of leaking fluid or grease. Do not remove wheel cylinder dust boots for inspection. Leakage can be determined by pushing on the outside of the boot.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Drums and Discs.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Many of today's vehicles have a combination of disc (caliper) type brakes on the front wheels and drum-type brakes on the rear wheels.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>On vehicles equipped with disc brakes some drag can be felt when turning the wheel and tire. This drag is not excessive if the wheel can be turned readily with both hands.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Annually all wheels and brake drums shall be removed for brake inspection on type II school vehicles.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Linings and Pads. Remove at least one front and one rear wheel and drum assembly on opposite sides for inspection of linings on drum brakes. On vehicles equipped with disc brakes, only removal of the wheel is necessary. When any deficiency is noted in the linings or pads on the wheel pulled, the linings or pads for the other wheel on the same axle shall also be inspected.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Mechanical Linkage. Includes the service brake mechanism, parking brake, and manual controls on vehicles equipped for physically handicapped persons.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>Vacuum/Hydraulic Booster System.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>Parking Brake.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Parking Brake Function. Parking brakes on most vehicles function through at least one set of the rear service brake shoes. A few vehicles have disc-type service brakes on all four wheels which makes it necessary to have separate drums for the parking brakes. These drums and linings shall be inspected in a manner similar to that for service drum brakes. Any parking brake shall hold a stopped vehicle firmly on all normal road grades.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="H.">
        <text>Brake Performance Chart.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>This deceleration as measured in brake tests cannot be used to compute the values in column 4 because it is not sustained at the same rate over the entire period of the stop. The deceleration increases from zero to a maximum during a period of brake system application and brake force build-up. Also, other factors may cause the deceleration to decrease after reaching a maximum. The added distance which results because a maximum deceleration is not sustained is included in the figures in column 4 but is not indicated by usual brake testing devices for checking deceleration.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>There is a definite mathematical relationship between the figures in columns 2 and 3. If the decelerations set forth in column 3 are divided by 32.2 feet per second per second, the column 2 figures will be obtained. (For example, 17 divided by 32.2 gives 52.8 percent.) Column 2 is included in the tabulation because certain brake testing devices utilize this factor.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>The decelerations in column 3 are an indication of the effectiveness of the basic brakes and, as measured in practical brake testing, are the maximum braking decelerations attained at sometime during the stop.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>The distances in column 4 and the decelerations in column 3 are not directly related. Brake system “application and braking distance in feet” (column 4) is a definite measure of the overall effectiveness of the braking system, being the distance traveled between the point at which the driver starts to move the braking controls and the point at which the vehicle comes to rest. It includes distance traveled while the brakes are being applied and the distance traveled while the brakes are retarding the vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>The distance traveled during the period of brake system application and brake force build-up varies with vehicle type, being negligible for many passenger cars and greatest for combinations of commercial vehicles. This fact accounts for the variation from 20 to 40 feet in the numerical values in column 4 for the various classes of vehicles.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>The deceleration requirement in column 3 is the same for all classifications of vehicles except for passenger vehicles, not including buses, because brakes on vehicles in the second, third and fourth classifications are all capable with reasonable maintenance of producing the designated deceleration as measured by brake testing devices. A higher deceleration requirement is warranted for passenger cars in view of United States Department of Transportation/Federal Highway Administration Test Data.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="I.">
        <text>Decelerometers.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The method of brake system application and braking distance is not to be confused with the distance indicated by the inertia-type decelerometer and other existing brake testers, which often are purported wrongly to measure the vehicle stopping distance.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The pendulum and U-tube decelerometers used for brake testing are instruments scaled to read deceleration or equivalent braking force (sometimes referred to as brake efficiency) in percentages. The principle of the pendulum-type decelerometer is that a pendulum on a vehicle moving at a uniform speed will assume a vertical position. When the vehicle speed is reduced by application of the brakes, the pendulum will swing forward to an angle away from the vertical. The tangent of the angle through which the pendulum moves is directly proportional to the deceleration. Basically, the U-tube fluid-type instrument is a closed glass tube formed in the shape of a U. When vehicle speed is reduced by braking, the inertia of the fluid causes the level in the glass tube to fall. The distance the level of the liquid falls is proportional to the deceleration in feet per second per second, which is read from a scale on the front part of the glass tube.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>The vehicle will normally pitch because the lines of action of the inertia and braking forces are different. In order to minimize erroneous responses, the decelerometer, if used, should be put as close to the center of the vehicle as practical.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="J.">
        <text>Brake Testing Machines.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>These types of brakes testers measure braking force at each wheel. The effectiveness of the brake testers that measure braking force in the testing of vehicles other than passenger vehicles or light trucks is very questionable.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The dimensions of these brake testers do not permit practical and reliable testing on combination vehicles. Use should therefore be restricted to two-axle vehicles. The simulated road surface of these machines will occasionally exhibit much higher coefficients of friction than is possible on the highway. Excessive braking should therefore be avoided, because braking distribution information is distorted.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>For drive-on-and-stop test machines, the vehicle is driven on the pads at speeds of 4 to 8 mph. When the brakes are applied at the time the vehicle is moving on the pads, the braking effort at each wheel causes a proportionate movement of the pad against the measuring system. The braking force on the pads is measured by indicating or recording instruments.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>The roller-type brake testing machine has powered rollers that turn the individual wheels while the brakes are applied in order to measure the brake force developed.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="K.">
        <text>Test Wheel Equipment. Any type of fifth or test wheel equipment can be used, provided it obtains the following results:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>It shall measure the distance within plus or minus 3 percent of the values obtained by the “hot-shot” method, which uses an electrically fired gun.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The road speed of the test wheel shall be measured with a speedometer designed to hold the indicating hand at the speed from which the stop is initiated. The speedometer shall indicate the speed to within plus or minus 2 percent of the speed timed with a stopwatch over a measured mile.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="L.">
        <text>Definitions.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>“Brake system” means a combination of one or more brakes and their related means of operation and control.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>“Deceleration” means the rate of reduction of the speed of the vehicle, expressed in feet per second per second.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>“Equivalent braking ratio” means the percentage ratio of the sum of retarding forces developed by each braked wheel to the “as tested” gross weight of the vehicle or combination.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>“Emergency brake system” means a brake system used for retarding and stopping the vehicle in the event of a malfunction in the service brake system. (This function may be performed by the parking brake system or by a portion of the service brake system, or by a separate brake system.)</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>“Parking brake system” means a brake system used to hold and maintain a vehicle in a stationary position. (A positive mechanical means is employed to hold the brake applied when the vehicle is unattended.)</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>“Pedal reserve” as applied to hydraulic, mechanical or power-assisted hydraulic brakes, means the amount of total pedal travel left in reserve when the pedal is depressed to the brake-applied position. (The purpose of the pedal reserve check is to ascertain the degree of the brake adjustment and to demonstrate satisfactory brake actuating system condition.)</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>“Service brake system” means a brake system used for retarding, stopping, and controlling the vehicle under normal operating conditions.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>“Stopping distance” means the distance traveled by a vehicle from the point of application of force to the brake control, to the point at which the vehicle reaches a full stop.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <text>Figure 16, TIRE CONSTRUCTION</text>
      <text>.</text>
      <text>Figure 17, TIRE WEAR.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".04" heading="Wheels and Tires.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Reference is made to the figures in additional wheel and tire information for visual aid in determining tire wear. This inspection is visual.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".05" heading="Fuel System.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The fuel system includes the fuel tank, fuel pump, and necessary piping to carry the fuel from the tank to the carburetor or to the injection system.  The engine shall be running when inspecting this system for leaks.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".06" heading="Exhaust System.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The exhaust system includes the exhaust manifold and all piping leading from the flange of the exhaust manifold, to and including the muffler, resonator, and the tail piping.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".07" heading="Bumpers.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Bumpers shall be inspected for broken or missing parts, abnormal protrusions, sharp edges, or conditions that could be hazardous to persons.  The bumpers shall be securely mounted to the vehicle and be capable of absorbing a reasonable degree of impact. They shall be the original equipment or equivalent and extend the full width of the vehicle. Bumper extensions or modifications to compensate for suspension changes are not acceptable. Bumper height shall be no higher than 20 inches for Class A passenger vehicles and no higher than 28 inches for Class E light trucks or Class M multipurpose passenger vehicles.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".08" heading="Fenders and Flaps.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Fender inspection shall include condition, mounting, and coverage of wheels and tires. Rear fenders are defined as the rear quarter panel of vehicle from the rearmost door opening rearward and from the window or trunk, or both, opening downward to the extreme bottom edge.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <text>Figure 19 FENDERS.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".09" heading="Body and Sheet Metal — Applicable to School Vehicles Only.">
      <text>Body exterior components and sheet metal parts, if damaged or dislocated so that they project from the vehicle to present a safety hazard to occupants, pedestrians, or other vehicles, may be cause for rejection of the vehicle.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            (1)  Protruding Metal. Inspect for torn metal parts, moldings, rub rails, etc., which may protrude from vehicle.
            (1)   (a) Body components and sheet metal are subject to rejection if a condition exists which is hazardous to occupants, pedestrians, or other vehicles.    (b) Torn metal, broken glass, or other loose or dislocated parts protrude from the surface of the vehicle which is hazardous to occupants, pedestrians, or other vehicles.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".10" heading="Lighting.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>General Lamp and Reflector Inspection. This includes all original equipment, exterior lighting plus whatever lights are authorized.</text>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Preparation for Headlamp Aim Inspection. Preparation for headlamp and aim inspection to be done by owner of vehicle before inspection. Frame leveling is done at the station. Any one of the items listed below can affect the inspection results causing rejection of the vehicle. To prevent this and reduce inspection time, the inspector should have the first four of these items checked before inspection.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Headlamps. Vehicle shall be equipped with either a dual headlighting system consisting of four 5-3/4 inch diameter units, two of which shall be No. 1 and two of which shall be No. 2; or four 6-1/2 × 4-1/4 inch rectangular units, two of which shall be No. 1A and two of which shall be No. 2A; or four 5.93 × 3.64 inch rectangular-type F units, two of which shall be LF units and two of which shall be UF units; or a single headlighting system consisting of two 7 inch units; or two 8 × 5 inch rectangular units; or an approved bulb and reflector-type system. All units bearing the marking No. 2 shall be inspected and aimed on low beam. All bearing the marking No. 1 or no number will be inspected and aimed on high beam. Headlamp inspection and aiming by the photoelectric-optical method requires a level area sufficient for the vehicle and test equipment. The test equipment shall be accurately calibrated to the floor and accurately aligned to the vehicle. Additional lighting information is contained in §§F, G, and H (limits are in inches at 25 feet). Labeling requirements for sealed beam headlamps manufactured on or after July 1, 1979: 5-3/4 inch type 1-1C1, type 2-2C1; 6-1/2 inch × 4-1/4 inch type 1A-1A1, type 2A-2A1; 7 inch type 2-2D1; 8 inch × 5 inch type 2B-2B1; type F 5.93 inch by 3.64 inch—low beam—LF, high beam—UF. Type F units require special aimer adapter and must be aimed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedures. Bulb and reflector-type headlamps currently approved contain a 9004 Sylvania bulb in a normal reflector unit or an H-4 bulb in a sealed reflector unit. Sealed reflector units contain a glass bubble which encases the bulb when in place, which can be detected by removing the bulb and determining if the bubble exists.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>High Beam.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Low Beam. Inspect the low beam headlamp in the same method indicated as for high beam. Always inspect the following sealed beam units on low beam only: 5-3/4 inch diameter or 4-1/4 × 6-1/2 inch rectangular units marked type 2 or type 2A and 7 inch diameter or 8 × 5 inch rectangular marked type 2 or 2B.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <aftertext>Figure 23 HEADLAMPS.</aftertext>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Headlamp (Applicable to Type II School Vehicles Only).</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>In order to compensate for the various conditions of loading encountered during inspection, the frame or body floor will be made level before checking. This will provide a standard condition for inspecting all vehicles and may be accomplished by using a combination of blocks under the rear wheels or a lifting device (jack) or both for the front end. A spirit level may be placed on the frame side member.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Place vehicle in a darkened location of sufficient size for the vehicle and an additional 25 feet from lamps to screen. An approved marked screen and adequate test area are required. Level the vehicle frame as described in §C(1).  The vehicle shall be located accurately in front of the screen.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Inspect the low beam headlamp in the same method indicated as for high beam. Always inspect the following sealed beam units on low beam only: 5-3/4 inch diameter or 6-1/2 × 4-1/4 inch rectangular units marked type 2 or 2A and 7 inch diameter or 8 × 5 inch rectangular units marked 2 or 2B.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <aftertext>Figure 24 AIMING SCREEN BEAM PATTERN — HIGH BEAM.</aftertext>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Fog Lamp and Auxiliary Driving Lamps. (A spot lamp is not considered an auxiliary driving lamp and has no set mounting height by law. Therefore, they need not be inspected.) If a vehicle is equipped with either fog lamps or auxiliary driving lamps they shall be properly aimed. Fog lamps shall be mounted on the front of the vehicle at a height not more than 30 inches or less than 12 inches above the level surface on which a vehicle stands. Only two fog lamps are allowed by law. Auxiliary driving lamps shall be mounted on the front of the vehicle at a height not more than 42 inches or less than 16 inches above the level surface on which the vehicle stands. Only two auxiliary lamps are allowed by law. The mounting heights of auxiliary driving lamps do not apply to emergency vehicles. Whenever a motor vehicle equipped with required headlamps also is equipped with any auxiliary lamps or a spot lamp or any other lamp on its front, projecting a beam of intensity greater than 300 candlepower, not more than four of these lamps on the front of a vehicle may be lighted at any one time when on a highway.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Definitions.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>“Asymmetrical beam (nonsymmetrical)” means one in which both sides are not symmetrical with respect to the median vertical plane of the beam. All lower beams are asymmetrical.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>“Back-up” lamp means a lamp used to provide illumination behind the vehicle, and to provide an indicator when the vehicle is in reverse gear.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>“Cornering lamp” means a steadily burning lamp used when the turn signal system is operating to supplement the headlamps by providing additional road illumination in the direction of the turn.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>“Driving lamp” means an auxiliary lamp or lamps that may be used to supplement the upper beam of the regular headlamps.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>“Emergency warning lamp” means a lamp which provides a flashing light to identify an authorized vehicle on an emergency mission. The emergency signal may be an oscillating lamp, a rotating beacon or pairs of alternately or simultaneously flashing lamps.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>“Fog lamp” means a lamp which may be used with the lower beam headlights to provide illumination under condition of rain, snow, dust, or fog.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>“Hazard warning lamp” means a turn signal lamp which flashes simultaneously to warn of the presence of a vehicular hazard.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>Headlamps.</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>5-3/4 inch Round Sealed Beam Unit.</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>“Type I sealed beam unit” means a sealed unit 5-3/4 inches in diameter having a single filament and providing only an upper beam distribution of light. This unit is identified by the number 1 on the lens and is aimed on the upper beam.</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>“Type II sealed beam unit” means a sealed unit 5-3/4 inches in diameter having two filaments, one filament providing the lower beam and one filament providing fill-in light for the upper beam. This unit is identified by the number 2 on the lens and is aimed on the lower beam.</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>7" Round Sealed Beam Unit.</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>A sealed unit 7 inches in diameter providing an upper and lower beam. This unit is identified by the number 2 on the lens and is aimed on the lower beam.</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>No identifying Number on Lens. Sealed beam unit 7 inches in diameter providing an upper and lower beam. It is aimed on the upper beam.</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>8" × 5" Rectangular Sealed Beam Unit. Sealed beam unit providing an upper and lower beam. This unit is identified by the number 2B on the lens and is aimed on the lower beam.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>6-1/2 × 4-1/4 inch Rectangular Sealed Beam Unit.</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>Type 1A—sealed beam unit having a single filament and providing only an upper beam distribution of light. The unit is identified by the number 1A on the lens and is aimed on the upper beam.</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>Type 2A—sealed beam unit having two filaments, one filament providing fill-in light for the upper beam. This unit is identified by the number 2A on the lens and is aimed on the lower beam.</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>5.93 × 3.64 inch Rectangular Sealed Beam Units.</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>Type LF—sealed beam unit having a single beam filament and providing only a lower beam distribution of light. The unit is identified by the designation LF on the lens. A special aimer adapter is required for aiming and aiming must be accomplished in accordance with the manufacturers' recommended procedures.</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>Type UF—sealed beam unit having a single beam filament and providing only an upper beam distribution of light. The unit is identified by the designation UF on the lens. A special aimer adapter is required for aiming and aiming (if applicable) must be accomplished in accordance with the manufacturers' recommended procedures.</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(f)">
            <text>Bulb and Reflector Headlamps—A lamp assembly providing an upper and lower beam light by means of a replacement bulb. These lamps shall be capable of being aimed and are aimed on lower beam. They shall be capable of producing at least 3500 candlepower output on lower beam and 5000 candlepower on upper beam.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(9)">
          <text>“Headlamp lower beam” means a distribution of light as directed to avoid glare in the eyes of oncoming drivers while providing illumination ahead of the vehicle and intended for use in congested areas and on highways when meeting other vehicles within a distance of 500 feet.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(10)">
          <text>“Headlamp upper beam” means a distribution of light intended primarily for distant illumination and for use on the open highway when not meeting other vehicles.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(11)">
          <text>“Indicator lamp” means a lamp visible to the operator of a vehicle that indicates:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Appropriate electrical circuits are in operation;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Malfunction of vehicle performance; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Requirement for remedial action by the operator of the vehicle.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(12)">
          <text>“Lane changer” means a device, usually incorporated in the turn signal switch which will actuate the turn signal lamps when held by the driver. It is intended for momentary use for signaling a lane change. When released by the operator, it will return to neutral and deactivate the signal lamp.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(13)">
          <text>“License-plate lamp” means a lamp used to illuminate the license plate on the rear of a vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(14)">
          <text>“Operating units or switches” means devices by which the functioning of lamps are controlled.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(15)">
          <text>“Parking lamp” means lamps used to designate the front of a parked vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(16)">
          <text>“Passing lamp” means an auxiliary lamp or lamps that may be used to supplement the low beam of a standard headlamp system. It is not intended for winding roads or congested city areas.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(17)">
          <text>“Reflective device” means a device used on vehicles to give an indication to an approaching driver by reflected light from the headlamps of approaching vehicles.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(18)">
          <text>“SAE Lighting Identification Code” is a series of standardized markings for lighting devices which a manufacturer or a supplier may use to mark his product to indicate the SAE lighting standard or standards to which the device is designed to conform. The code is not intended to limit the manufacturer or supplier in applying other markings to the devices.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(19)">
          <text>“Sealed beam headlamp assembly” means a major lighting device used to provide general illumination ahead of the vehicle. It consists of the following:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>One or more sealed beam units (bulb assembly);</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Means for mounting securely to the vehicle;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Means to permit required aim adjustment.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(20)">
          <text>“Sealed beam unit” means an integral and hermetically sealed optical assembly with the name “Sealed Beam” molded in the lens.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(21)">
          <text>“Side marker lamp” means a lamp on the left and right sides, beamed to the side, and intended to indicate vehicle length. They are located near the front and rear on each side and, for vehicles over 30 feet in length, are also located at the midpoint (intermediate side marker).</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(22)">
          <text>“Stop lamp” means a lamp giving a steady warning light to the rear of the vehicle, to indicate the intention of the operator of the vehicle to reduce speed or stop.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(23)">
          <text>“Symmetrical beam” means one in which both sides are symmetrical with respect to the median vertical plane of the beam. Lamps having symmetrical beams are:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>5-3/4 inch diameter type 1;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>5-3/4 inch diameter type 2 (upper beam filament);</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>6-1/2 × 4-1/4 inch type 1A;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>6-1/2 × 4-1/4 inch type 2A (upper beam filament);</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>8 × 5 inch type 2B (upper beam filament);</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(f)">
            <text>All 7 inch diameter units (upper beam filament).</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(24)">
          <text>“Tail lamp” means a lamp used to designate the rear of a vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(25)">
          <text>“Turn signal lamp” means a lamp which provides a flashing warning light to indicate the intended direction of the turn.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>SAE Identification Code (J759C SAE Handbook).</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The following list is an identifying code for lights and signaling devices:</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>All equipment for testing headlamps shall comply with the Society of Automotive Engineers Recommended Practice for Headlamp Inspection Equipment.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>Headlamp Testing Machines.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Headlamp Testing Machine. When a headlamp testing machine is used, it shall give results equivalent to those obtained using a screen. It shall be in good repair and adjustment, and shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. A machine using a photoelectric cell or cells to determine aim should also have a visual screen upon which the beam pattern is projected proportionally to its appearance and aim on the screen at 25 feet. The visual screen shall be plainly visible to the operator and have horizontal and vertical reference lines to permit visual appraisal of the lamp beam.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Mechanical Aimer (applicable to school vehicles only). When a mechanical aimer is used, it shall be in good repair and adjusted, and shall be used according to the manufacturer's instructions and shall be calibrated to the slope of the floor on which the vehicle stands.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Screen (applicable to school vehicles only). When a screen is used, it should be 5' high × 12' wide with a matte white surface well shaded from extraneous light, and properly adjusted to the floor on which the vehicle stands. Provisions may be made for moving the screen so that it can be aligned parallel with the rear axle and so that a horizontal line drawn perpendicularly from the centerline of the screen will pass an equal distance midway between the two headlamps. The screen shall be provided with a fixed vertical centerline, two laterally adjustable vertical tapes, and one vertically adjustable horizontal tape.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".11" heading="Electrical System.">
      <text>To save time, the inspector should develop his own plan or sequence for checking miscellaneous electrical items, many of which can be inspected while inspecting other items.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            Inspect Electrical System.
            
          
          
            (1)  Horn shall be securely fastened, produce audible but not harsh or loud sound, and have a horn button readily accessible to the operator.
            (1)  Horn is:    (a)  Loose;    (b)  Fails to function;    (c)  Produces loud or harsh sound;    (d)  Not equipped with horn button within arm's reach of operator.
          
          
            (2)  Switches shall all function properly.
            (2)  Switches fail to function.
          
          
            (3)  Wiring shall be well insulated.
            (3)  Wiring:    (a)  Insulation is bare, cracked, or broken;    (b)  Shows evidence of burning or short-circuiting.
          
          
            (4)  Connections shall be tight and secure.
            (4)  Connections are loose or show signs of excessive corrosion.
          
          
            (5)   Automatic Transmission Only. Neutral safety starting switch—Determine that starter operates with gear selector in P and N only.
            (5) Starter operates with gear selector in any gear other than P or N.
          
          
            (6)  Battery—Check General Condition.
            (6)  Battery:    (a) Is cracked or broken;    (b) Connections are loose or show signs of excessive corrosion;    (c) Is not held down securely;    (d) Vents are not open (if equipped);    (e) Is low on fluid level (if applicable).</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".12" heading="Interior and Emergency Equipment — Applicable to Type II School Vehicles Only.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Seats, Stanchions, Rails.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Visors and Defroster. The sun visor shall be located in front and above the driver and passenger position.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Heaters, Step or Stepwell, and Vents.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Fire Extinguisher, First Aid Kit, and Tire Chains. Every school vehicle shall be equipped with a nontoxic dry chemical fire extinguisher having a rating of at least 5 lb./10 B.C. and equipped with a gauge, and first aid container mounted in plain view in the driver's compartment and, when applicable, tire chains.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Warning Devices.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>Color, Signs, Lettering, Retro-Reflective Tape, and Identification.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".13" heading="Mirrors.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Outside Mirrors. All vehicles shall be equipped with an outside rearview mirror on the driver's side providing a view of the highway for a distance of at least 200 feet to the rear. Every school vehicle shall be equipped with at least one convex mirror not less than 7-1/2 inches in diameter which shall be firmly mounted on the left front corner forward of the seated driver so that he may observe a reflection of the road from the front bumper to a point where direct observation is possible. One outside rearview mirror on each side of the school vehicle shall be mounted forward of the driver's seat and have an area not less than 50 square inches (minimum 5" × 10" high). Additionally there shall be on each side of vehicle a convex mirror of not less than 20 square inches of reflective surface. The convex mirrors may be incorporated in the plain view rearview mirror provided the plain view reflective area is not reduced, or they may be mounted independently. Either type shall be independently adjustable.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Inside Mirrors. All vehicles shall be equipped with an inside rearview mirror except as noted in §B(1)(b).  The inside rearview mirror shall be adjustable and clear view glass and provide a clear stable reflected view 200 feet to the rear. School vehicles shall be equipped with at least a 5 × 10 inch mirror, metal backed, framed with rounded corners, and firmly mounted as far forward as possible and provide a clear stable reflected view of the road surface to the rear of the vehicle for a continual distance beginning not more than 200 feet to the rear.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".14" heading="Vehicle Glazing.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Safety glazing material is marked with the manufacturer's distinctive designation or trademark, model number, and the letters “AS” followed by a number from 1 through 16B, which indicates where the glazing may be used on the vehicle.  Safety glazing material also has the symbol “DOT” (Department of Transportation) and a manufacturer’s code mark that the NHTSA (National Highway Traffic Safety Administration) assigns to the manufacturer. Any questions regarding glazing shall be referred to the Automotive Safety Enforcement Division of the Department of State Police.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Proper Marking and Operation.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Signs and Materials on Windshield or Windows.  Inspect all glazing for unauthorized material or conditions that obscure the driver's vision.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Post Manufacture Window Tinting.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Definitions.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>“Acute area” means the windshield area 8 inches wide by 5 inches high, located directly in front of the driver, centered vertically on the steering wheel of the vehicle and horizontally in the center of the critical area.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>“Cloudiness” means any degree of visible discoloration or separation, except tinting that does not affect clear vision.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>“Critical area” means the normal windshield wiper sweep, except the area obscured by the hood, fenders, or rearview mirror.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>“Discoloration” means a condition which impairs the transparency of the glazing.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>“Non-critical area” means all windshield area outside the critical area.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>“Normal windshield wiper sweep” means the area of the windshield cleaned by the windshield wiper, excluding the return position on both passenger's and driver's sides.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>Glazing Damage.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".15" heading="Windshield Wipers and Washers.">
      <text>The windshield wipers shall be inspected for operation, control, condition of blades and arms, or any missing part.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A.  Windshield Wipers.   (1)  Inspect for satisfactory operation. (If vacuum operated, engine shall be idling and control full on.) Windshield shall be free of insects, oil film, or other foreign matter, and should be continuously wet when tested. Wetting the windshield during school vehicle inspection may be waived if water is unavailable or the outside temperature is at or below freezing.  (2) Inspect for damage, torn, or hardened rubber elements of blades.  (3)  Inspect for damaged metal parts of wiper blades or arms.   (4)  Inspect for proper contact of blades with windshield. Raise arm away from windshield and release. Arm should return to original position and cause the wiper blades to firmly contact the windshield.
            A.  (1)  Wipers inoperative or cannot be controlled or operated by the driver. (2)  A wiper arm or blade is broken or missing.  (3)  There is insufficient tension of arm to hold blade against windshield. (4) There are worn or deteriorated blades that do not clean the windshield (within 5 cycles applicable to school vehicles only). (5) Wiper arms and blades are not the proper size for the windshield. (6) Not equipped with on/off switch within arm's length of driver.  (7) Arm(s) fail to return to park position.
          
          
            B.  Windshield Washers (school vehicles only).   (1) Inspect for proper operation of hand or foot control and an effective amount of fluid delivered to the outside of the windshield. System shall function regardless of outside temperatures.
            B. (1)  Reservoir is empty.  (2)  System fails to function. (3)  Fluid in system is frozen. (4)  System does not provide fluid to the wiper area.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".16" heading="Hood/Catches.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Inspection shall consist of operation and presence of catches and safety catches; insuring that the hood covers at least the top part of the engine compartment; and, if equipped with an air scoop or bubble, same does not extend higher than 1/3 the vertical height of the windshield.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".17" heading="Doors, Handles and Latches.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Inspection of doors, handles, latches, and hinges applies to all vehicles originally manufactured with doors and all other vehicles which are equipped with doors.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Doors—Service, Emergency (applicable to school vehicles only). Service doors may be split-type, sedan-type, or jackknife-type with vertical closing edges covered with flexible material.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".18" heading="Floor; Trunk Pans.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Floor and trunk pans shall be inspected for holes or rusted and weakened conditions.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".19" heading="Speedometer; Odometer.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Speedometer and odometer will be inspected to determine if they are connected and operable, the dial and calibrations are legible, and calibrated in miles or kilometers.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".20" heading="Preventive Maintenance — Applicable to School Vehicles Only.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Program. The vehicle owner shall establish a program recording inspections, repairs, and maintenance by vehicle number, and include at least annually a complete preventive maintenance inspection conducted jointly with M.V.A., to assure that each vehicle is in compliance with all sections of this manual pertaining to school vehicles. When the wheels have been removed for inspection or maintenance, and after the wheels have been replaced, the vehicle shall be test-driven to assure there is no imbalance of brakes before the vehicle is released for pupil transportation. Before September of each year, the Administration shall determine that the annual preventive maintenance inspection on each vehicle has been performed within the previous 12 months, repaired or replaced systems or parts are operating properly, and the condition of the vehicle is in accordance with the established standards. The Administration shall require a wheel or wheels to be pulled by the vehicle owner or mechanic, to verify condition and repair of brakes and other systems. In the event of a change of vehicle ownership and before the vehicle is authorized to transport school children, the Administration shall conduct a preventive maintenance inspection and accomplishment of any maintenance found necessary before the vehicle can be placed in service.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Preventive Maintenance Inspection.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Regular Inspection. Regular inspections shall be performed twice annually as required.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".21" heading="Front Driver's Seat.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Inspect front driver's seat for proper operation of the adjusting mechanism and that seat is securely anchored to the floor, if the vehicle was originally manufactured with a front seat.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".22" heading="Safety Belts.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Any motor vehicle manufactured or assembled after June 1, 1964, shall be equipped with two sets of seat belts on the front seat of the vehicle and any vehicle manufactured or assembled with a rear seat after June 1, 1969, shall be equipped with two sets of seat belts on the rear seat of the vehicle.  This does not apply to any motorcycle, bus, truck, taxicab, or type II school vehicle.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".23" heading="Motor Mounts.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Motor mounts include any mounting or securing device designed to hold the motor in a stable position, if originally manufactured with motor mounts.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".24" heading="Gear Selection Indicator.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Inspect the gear selection indicator for vehicles with automatic transmission only.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".25" heading="Universal Joints/Constant Velocity Joints.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Universal joints are found in most rear wheel drive vehicles which utilize a drive shaft to propel the rear wheels. Constant velocity joints are generally found on front wheel drive vehicles.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".26" heading="Load Covers.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>This regulation does not apply to a:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Class K (farm area) vehicle as defined in Transportation Article, §13-935, Annotated Code of Maryland;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Class E (truck) vehicle registered or capable of being registered under Transportation Article, §13-917, Annotated Code of Maryland, if the vehicle manufacturer's original design specifications for bed enclosures have not been altered to increase the vehicle's load carrying capacity;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Construction vehicle working within the confines of a public works construction work project site as outlined in the construction project's plans and specifications, provided the distance traveled does not exceed 1 mile or the distance specified in an extension granted by the Maryland Department of Transportation;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Construction vehicle or mining equipment while crossing a highway between construction or mining sites; or</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Vehicle, within the Port of Baltimore for a distance not to exceed 1 mile, carrying a load of loose material between a stockpile or storage facility and a vessel docked at the Port.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>This regulation applies to a:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Vehicle registered or capable of being registered under Transportation Article, §13-917, on which the manufacturer's original design specifications for bed enclosures have been altered to increase the vehicle's load;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Part of the load touching any bed enclosure which is within 6 inches of the top of the enclosure that it touches; or</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Part of the load which is higher than any of the enclosures.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>After January 1, 1992, any vehicle on which the manufacturer's original design specification for bed enclosures has been altered to increase the vehicle's load capacity shall have the load covered with a firmly attached canvas or similar type covering regardless of how the vehicle is loaded.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>The requirements of this regulation apply only to the issuance and certification of a safety equipment repair order and do not apply to a complete inspection required upon sale or transfer of ownership of a used vehicle. A safety equipment repair order may be certified only if the cover is present, fully covers the top of the bed, and meets the requirements of this regulation.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <annotations>
      <annotation type="Authority">Transportation Article, §§12-104(b), 23-101—23-105, and 24-106.1, Annotated Code of Maryland</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Effective date: November, 1965</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter revised effective February 22, 1980 (7:4 Md. R. 348)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulations .12B, F; .14A; .17B; and .20 amended effective January 23, 1981 (8:2 Md. R. 114)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter revised effective October 31, 1988 (15:22 Md. R. 2557)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .01C amended effective February 1, 2012 (39:1 Md. R. 18)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .05 amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .06 amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686); February 1, 2012 (39:1 Md. R. 18)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .08 amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .12F amended effective February 1, 2012 (39:1 Md. R. 18)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .14 amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686); August 21, 2000 (27:16 Md. R. 1526); February 1, 2012 (39:1 Md. R. 18)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .17B amended effective February 1, 2012 (39:1 Md. R. 18)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .26 adopted effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
    </annotations>
  </chapter>
  <chapter num="03" heading="Safety Standards for Motorcycles">
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".01" heading="Applicability — Motorcycles.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The standards, requirements, and procedures set forth in this chapter are applicable to equipment installed by the manufacturer or required by federal or State requirement for motorcycles and sidecars, if equipped. Questions regarding motorcycle standards or specifications shall be referred to the Automotive Safety Enforcement Division of the Maryland State Police. A person constructing or reconstructing a motorcycle shall assure that the vehicle meets or exceeds all applicable federal or State safety standards.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Three-wheel multipurpose vehicles having one wheel in the front and two in the rear and not having an enclosed driver or occupant compartment shall meet all established minimum standards for the front of motorcycles and all established minimum standards for the rear of four-wheel multipurpose vehicles.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".02" heading="Steering, Alignment, and Suspension.">
      <text>Steering and alignment items should be checked visually and adjusted according to the manufacturer's specifications. Check for condition, adjustment, wear, or broken and defective parts.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A. Swing arm bushing, bearing or rubber mount. Place motorcycle on jack or stand with rear wheel raised and inspect for wear or looseness. Check for lateral movement of swing arm by applying side to side force against rear wheel. Rubber mounted swing arms are designed to flex.
            A. There is noticeable lateral movement of the swing arm or rubber mounts are cracked, broken, or torn.
          
          
            B. Steering head bearings or bushings. Place the motorcycle on a stand or block with front raised. Grasp both fork legs and apply fore and aft force. Inspect for loose adjustment or play in steering head bearings or bushings. Turn handle bars from side to side and inspect for roughness or galling in bearings or bushings and location of stops.
            B.  (1) There is noticeable play or roughness in the steering head bearings or bushings. Drag from a steering damper is not cause for rejection.   (2) Stops are missing or do not adequately prevent forks from excessive travel or contact with the tank, etc.
          
          
            C. Wheel Alignment. Inspect front to rear wheel alignment and front wheel to fork tube alignment. For ease of inspection, three reference lines 1 inch apart on the floor may be used. Center the front tire on the center line and observe tracking of rear wheel as motorcycle is moved along the lines.
            C. Front to rear wheel misalignment exceeds 1 inch or front wheel is not vertical and parallel to front fork tubes. Front fork tubes are bent or damaged preventing full travel and free action of front forks.
          
          
            D. Handlebars.   (1) Inspect handlebars for cracks, deformation, excessive flexure, proper alignment, mounting heights, width, and handgrips.
            D. Handlebars.   (1) The handlebars are:   (a) Cracked;   (b) Deformed;   (c) Show excessive flexure other than flexure from rubber mounts;    (d) Improperly aligned;   (e) Not constructed of adequate material;   (f) Less than 18 inches in overall width;   (g) Not equipped with grips.
          
          
            (2) Inspect handlebars for type of material used and proper thickness.
            (2) Handlebars will not withstand up and down force.
          
          
            (3) Apply up and down force to handlebars.
            (3) Handlebars are more than 15 inches above the lowest portion of the occupied operator's seat.
          
          
            (4) Inspect for unobstructed rotation of forks from stop to stop.
            (4) Handlebars prevent front fork from rotating from stop to stop.
          
          
            E. Shock Absorbers (if equipped) and front fork tubes— check dampening effects. Inspect for leaks. Check for rebound.
            E. Shock absorbers, mounting bolts, or mounts are missing, broken, or loose. Severe leakage (not slight dampness) of shock absorber or front fork tube seal.
          
          
            F. Wheel Bearings — grasp tire at top and bottom and rock itin and out. Rotate wheels and check for roughness and galling.
            F. There is noticeable play or roughness when wheel is rotated.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".03" heading="Frame.">
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            Inspect the motorcycle frame in all areas which would not require the disassembly of any components
            Cracks, welds, fatigue points, work hardening, flexure is discovered which would indicate that the motorcycle frame has suffered structural damage which is hazardous to the rider or any passenger, or if frame is bent causing wheel alignment to exceed limits in Regulation .02C.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".04" heading="Brakes.">
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A. (1) At a speed of 20 mph on a smooth level, dry surface which is free from loose material, the brakes are required tostop the motorcycle within 30 feet.   (2) If vehicle is equipped with both front and rear brakes, determine if there is adequate braking action at both wheels.
            A. (1) The motorcycle fails to stop within 30 feet.   (2) There is inadequate brake action on either wheel.   (3) There is obvious vibration, wobble, or bounce caused by warped brake rotor or brake drum out of round.
          
          
            B. Mechanical Brake System. Inspect linkage, cables, pivots, and bearings for high friction, wear, and broken or missing parts. Motorcycles manufactured after January 1, 1974, shall have brakes on all wheels.
            B. (1) Brake adjustment changes under any steering or loading conditions.   (2) Cotter pins are missing.   (3) Pins or clevises worn more than 25 percent of the original diameter.    (4) The cam operating lever has been repositioned on the shaft as a means of avoiding replacement of worn cam, shoes, or lining.    (5) Any cables are frayed (two or more broken strands).   (6) Any brake adjustment mechanism which will not maintain an adjusted position or is adjusted to its maximum extent.   (7) Front brake cable is routed so as to be pinched between fork and frame.   (8) There is any roughness, binding, or jamming in levers or pedals.   (9) Less than 1/3 travel remains in hand or foot brake when brakes are applied.   (10) Modifications make the pedal inaccessible for adequate leverage or operation.   (11) Manufactured after January 1, 1974, and not equipped with brakes on all wheels.
          
          
            C. Condition of Mechanical Components in Hydraulic or Mechanical Systems.    (1) Inspect for worn pins and missing or defective cotter pins.      (2) Inspect for broken or missing springs and worn cables, clevises, couplings, rods, and anchor pins.   (3) Inspect for frozen, rusted, inoperative connections,missing spring clips, and defective grease retainers.    (4) Inspect pedal shaft and bearings for high friction, wear, and misalignment.   (5) Inspect for restriction of shoe movement at backing plate and for bind between brake shoes and anchor pins.   (6) Inspect actuating cam for excessive wear, camshaft for looseness in backing plate bushing and determine that springs are of sufficient strength to return and hold shoes against cam.
            C. (1) Mechanical parts are missing, broken, or badly worn.   (2) There is excessive friction in pedal and linkage or in brake components.   (3) Pedal or levers are improperly positioned or misaligned.   (4) Grease seals are defective, dripping, or slinging grease.
          
          
            D. Hydraulic System. Motorcycles manufactured after January 1, 1974, shall have brakes on all wheels.   (1) Visually inspect condition of hydraulic system.   (2) Inspect hydraulic hoses and tubes for leaks, cracks, chafing, flattened or restricted sections, and improper support.   (3) Inspect master cylinder for leakage and fluid level.    (4) Inspect master cylinder push rod for improper adjustment.   (5) Inspect wheel cylinders or hydraulic brake actuating systems.
            D. (1) Hoses or tubing leaks or they are cracked, chafed, flattened, restricted, or are improperly fastened.   (2) Master cylinder leaks or the reservoir is less than 1/2 full.   (3) There is any leakage in the braking system.   (4) The push rod is improperly adjusted.    (5) Wheel cylinder or caliper leaks or fails to function.   (6) Manufactured after January 1, 1974, and is not equipped with brakes on all wheels.</text>
      <text>At least one rear wheel and drum assembly shall be removed (for inspection of linings on vehicles equipped with drum brakes) from a three-wheeled multipurpose vehicle for lining, drum, and component inspection. Removal of a wheel on any other motorcycle shall be required only if any malfunction of braking is discovered during a road test. 1974 and newer motorcycles have a means of inspecting brake lining thickness without removing a wheel.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            E. Condition of Linings and Pads.   (1) Bonded—Measure the lining thickness at the thinnest point.    (2) Riveted—Measure lining thickness at thinnest point.   (3) Wire-backed—Inspect for wire showing on the friction surface of the lining.   (4) All Linings or Pads—Inspect for broken or cracked linings, and parts of linings not firmly attached to shoe. Also inspect for contamination and excessively uneven lining or pad wear. Circumferential head cracks on bonded linings are not reason for rejection if the lining is securely attachedto the shoe.
            E. (1) Brake lining wear reference mark indicates unsafe or replacement.   (2) Thinnest point of bonded lining is less than 2/32 inch.   (3) Any rivets are loose or missing. Lining is worn less than 2/32 inch above any rivet head.   (4) Wire backing is visible on the friction surface.   (5) Lining is broken, cracked, or not firmly and completely attached to shoe.      (a) Friction surface is contaminated with brake fluid, oil, or grease.      (b) Lining wear is extremely uneven.
          
          
            F. Brake Drums.   (1) Inspect condition of the drum friction surface for substantial cracks extending to the open edge of the drum. Short hairline heat cracks should not be considered.   (2) Inspect for cracks on the outside of the drum.   (3) Inspect for mechanical damage.   (4) Inspect for contaminated friction surface.
            F. (1) There is any substantial crack on the friction surface extending to open edge. Excessive wear (0.060 maximum) over original diameter or in excess of diameter embossed on drum. Grooving exists.   (2) There is any external crack.   (3) There is evidence of mechanical damage other than wear.   (4) Friction surface is contaminated with oil, grease, or brake fluid.
          
          
            G. Brake Discs.   (1) Inspect for substantial cracks extending to edge of disc.    (2) Inspect for mechanical damage.   (3) Inspect for contaminated friction surface.
            G. (1) There is any substantial crack extending to the edge. Worn beyond manufacturer's tolerances for replacement.    (2) There is evidence of mechanical damage other than wear.   (3) Friction surface is contaminated with oil, grease, or brake fluid</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".05" heading="Wheels and Tires.">
      <text>Reference is made to Figure 1 for visual aid in determining tire wear.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A. Inspect for tire wear.    (1) Tires without tread wear indicators.   (2) Tires with tread wear indicators.   (3) Inspect for cord exposure.
            A. (1) Tire is worn so that less than 1/32 inch tread remains when measured at the thinnest point in any groove. (Figure 1)   (2) Tire is worn so that a tread wear indicator contacts the road in any groove. (Figure 1).   (3) Tire has a worn spot that exposes the cord through the tread.
          
          
            B. Inspect for tread cuts, snags, or sidewall cracks.
            B. Tire has tread cuts, dry rot, snags, or sidewall cracks in any direction, and deep enough to expose cords.
          
          
            C. Inspect for bumps, bulges, or knots.
            C. Tire has visible bumps, bulges, or knots indicating partial failure or separation of the tire structure.
          
          
            D. Inspect for regrooved or recut tires.
            D. Tire has been regrooved or recut below original groove depth, except those which can be readily identified on the sidewall as regroovable.
          
          
            E. Inspect for tire size.
            E. Tires are smaller than manufacturer's specified minimum or of a size that causes tire and body contact during different vehicle attitudes.
          
          
            F. Visually inspect for restricted usage marking on tire. (Such as reclassified tires)
            F. Tire is:     (a) Marked “For Farm Use Only”;     (b) Marked “Off Highway Use Only”;     (c) Marked “For Racing Use Only”;     (d) A metal studded snow tire during period when prohibited.
          
          
            G. Inspect wheel bolts, studs, nuts, or lugs.
            G. Wheel bolts, nuts, studs, or lugs are loose, missing, or damaged.
          
          
            H. Inspect for wheel damage.
            H. Any part of wheel is bent, cracked, rewelded, or damaged, so as to affect safe operation of the vehicle; loose or missing spokes on spoke-type wheels; or any wheel not at least the equivalent of original equipment.
          
          
            I. Inspect for wheel size.
            I. Any wheel is not at least the minimum size recommended by the motorcycle manufacturer.</text>
      <text>Figure 1—TYPES OF MOTORCYCLE TIRES.</text>
      <text>Figure 1. Tire Tread Depth Gauge Wear Indicator — Inspection Recommendation.  The tire inflation pressure should be checked against the vehicle manufacturer's recommendations (in owner's manual).  Pressure lower or higher than recommended are not cause for rejection but the vehicle owner should be advised to correct this condition at the earliest opportunity.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".06" heading="Fuel System.">
      <text>The fuel system includes fuel tank, fuel pump, fuel valve, and necessary piping to carry the fuel from the tank to the carburetor.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            
              (1) Visually inspect the fuel tank, fuel tank supporting brackets and hardware, fuel tubing, clamps, vent hoses, fuel tank cap, fuel on/off valve, fuel filter, and carburetor.
              (2) Inspect for proper operation of choke, hand throttle, or accelerator.
            
            
              (1) Any part of system is not securely fastened.
              (2) There is fuel leaking at any point in system.
              (3) Fuel tank cap is missing.
              (4) Physical damage caused by aging to any of the components.
              (5) Choke, throttle, or accelerator do not function properly, that is, binding, roughness or failure to return to released position.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".07" heading="Exhaust System.">
      <text>The exhaust system includes all tubing or pipe from the exhaust port of the engine to the exhaust outlet including mufflers.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            (1) Visually inspect the exhaust system for leaks, deterioration, proper mounting and general condition.     (a) Rusted or corroded areas shall be given particular attention.     (b) Holes in the system made by the manufacturer for drainage are not cause for rejection.
            
              (1) Vehicle has no muffler.
              (2) There are loose or leaking seams or joints.
              (3) There are holes caused by corrosion or temporary repairs made to the exhaust pipe, muffler, or tail pipe. Welding or brazing is considered a permanent repair if it does not leak.
            
          
          
            (2) The exhaust outlet shall extend beyond the rearmost seating position or mounted in such a manner that the exhaustis not directed at the operator or passenger foot rest assemblies.
            
              (4) Tail pipe end is pinched or obstructed or does not extend beyond the rearmost seating position.
              (5) The system is not properly mounted or securely fastened.
              (6) There are loose or removed muffler baffles; the vehicle is equipped with cutout or similar device; or the system is not original or equivalent
              (7) Mufflers and pipes are not shielded to prevent riders from being burned
              (8) Exhaust pipe, muffler, or tail pipe is not of a leak-proof construction. Flexible pipe that does not leak is acceptable.
              (9) It emits continuous exhaust fumes or smoke which obscures persons or objects from view at reasonable distance under normal atmospheric conditions for more than 10 consecutive seconds.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".08" heading="Lighting.">
      <text>General Lamp and Reflector Inspection. This includes all original exterior lighting, plus whatever lamps are authorized. On vehicles without batteries, the engine shall run at high idle speed to perform lighting tests.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A. Switch on the night driving lamps and visually inspect the following: (Inspect (1) and (2) with ignition switch on.)    (1) Actuate turn signal lever to right and left and observe function of turn signal lamps (if equipped). Motorcycles manufactured after January 1, 1973 shall have turn signals.   (2) Place vehicle in all forward gears and inspect back-up lamps for function (if equipped).   (3) Actuate the following and observe: indicator lamps, stop lamps, headlamps, lower and upper beam.   (4) Observe the function of:     (a) Tail lamps;     (b) Parking lamps;      (c) License Plate lamps;     (d) Reflex reflectors.
            A. (1) Any bulb or sealed beam unit fails to light except back-up lamps.   (2) Turn signals do not properly indicate right and left when so switched.    (3) Back-up lamp system functions when vehicle is in a forward gear (if equipped).   (4) Lamp shows color contrary to law (red light to the front; white light to the rear, except license plate lamp); (tail lamps shall be red; stop lamps red or amber; and headlamps shall emit white light).   (5) Lamp fails to light the proper filament indicated at switch position.   (6) Any lamp or reflector does not direct light properly.   (7) Any lamp or lens is obscured or shielded by a nontransparent material or object.   (8) Lamp assembly improperly fastened.    (9) Lamp has a cracked or broken lens which emits a light contrary to law. (White light to the rear.)    (10) Any lamp, lens, or reflector is not an approved type.
          
          
            B. Headlamp Inspection. Determine if lamp is mounted properly, not less than 24 inches or more than 54 inches above the road surface; or vehicle is equipped with at least one and not more than two headlamps, sealed beam or halogen replaceable bulb with reflector.
            B. Headlamp does not comply with mounting requirement.</text>
      <text>Additional Lighting Requirements. Inspect for safe condition, operation, wiring, and switching. All must be of an approved type.</text>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Tail Lamps — At least one required.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Shall be red in color.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Shall be visible in normal atmospheric conditions at night from 300 feet to the rear. (Vehicle manufactured after 6/1/71 shall be visible for 1,000 feet.)</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Mounted height: not less than 15 inches or more than 72 inches above the road surface for vehicles manufactured after August of 1970.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Stop Lamps — At least one required.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Shall be red or yellow (amber) in color.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Shall be visible in normal sunlight and night time from 300 feet to the rear.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Shall be activated by application of service brake.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>May be combined with other rear lamps.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Shall be extinguished when the turn signal is operating, if combined with rear turn signals.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>Mounting height: not less than 15 inches or more than 72 inches above road surface for vehicles manufactured after August of 1970.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>License Plate Lamp — One required.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Shall be white in color.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Shall render license plate legible from a distance of 50 feet at night.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Shall be activated by same circuit which activates the headlamps.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>May be combined with other rear lamp.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>Rear Reflector — One required, two permitted.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>In the rear vertical centerline; except if two reflectors are used on the rear, they may be symmetrically placed about the vertical centerline.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Not less than 15 inches or more than 60 inches above the road surface.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>May be combined with other rear lamp.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>Side Reflectors (only required on vehicles manufactured after 1/1/68.)</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Two red—one on each side as far to the rear as possible.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Two amber—one on each side as far forward as possible.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Not less than 15 inches or more than 60 inches above the road surface.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>May be combined with other lamps.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="H.">
        <text>Auxiliary Driving and Fog Lamp Aim — Inspection.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".09" heading="Electrical System.">
      <text>To save time, the inspector should develop his own plan or sequence for checking miscellaneous items, many of which can be inspected while inspecting other items.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            Inspect Electrical System.A. Horn shall be securely fastened, produce audible but not harsh or loud sound, and have a horn button readily accessible to the operator.
            A. Horn:   (1) Is loose;   (2) Fails to function;   (3) Produces unreasonably loud or harsh sound;   (4) Is not equipped with a horn button within arm's reach of operator.
          
          
            B. Switches shall all function properly.
            B. Switches fail to function.
          
          
            C. Wiring shall be well insulated.
            C. Wiring:   (1) Insulation is broken or wiring is bare;    (2) Shows any evidence of burning or short circuiting.
          
          
            D. Connections shall be tight and secure.
            D. Connections are loose or show evidence of excessive corrosion.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".10" heading="Rearview Mirrors.">
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A. Rearview mirrors shall permit a clear view to the rear of the vehicle. Inspect for secure mounting, visibility and condition of mirror and its mounting hardware.
            A. (1) The mirror is cracked or discolored.   (2) Mirror is improperly installed or loosely mounted.    (3) A minimum 200-foot visibility cannot be achieved.   (4) Motorcycle is not equipped with two rearview mirrors meeting requirements.
          
          
            B. Motorcycle shall be equipped with two rearview mirrors, one on left and one on right handlebar with a reflective area or at least 7 square inches each. Mirrors on 1978 or newer motorcycles with a plane surface shall have at least 12.5 square inches of reflective surface or, if convex, at least 10 square inches of reflective surface.   (1) The mirror shall be securely mounted and sufficiently stable to provide a readily distinguishable image to the rider under normal conditions.   (2) The mirror shall be regular in shape (circular, oval, rectangular or square) and may not contain sharp edges, projections, or irregular indents capable of producing injury.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".11" heading="Windshield or Windscreen.">
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            Vehicle Glazing. Windshields or windscreens are not required, but if installed, they shall be free of cracks, discoloration, or scratches which create any vision obstruction. They shall be an approved type and be mounted so that the driver's vision is not obstructed.
            (1) Windscreen obstructs or obscures the driver's vision. (2) Any support or stiffener device is mounted in the driver's forward line of vision.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".12" heading="Passenger Safety Items.">
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A. Passenger Hand Hold Device. If a passenger is to be transported, a properly attached handhold device shall be provided on the motorcycle and shall be of sufficient strength and size to provide adequate support to any passenger. A strap or bar device is acceptable.
            A. When a passenger can be transported and a hand hold is not present.
          
          
            B. Foot Rest Assemblies. For each designated seating position or if a passenger is to be transported, the motorcycle shall be equipped with a foot rest assembly on each side of the motorcycle. Passenger foot rests may be retractable or permanent. However, 1975 or newer shall be retractable.
            B. (1) When a passenger can be transported and foot rests are not present.   (2) Passenger foot rests are permanently attached and extend more than 1 inch beyond the widest part of the motorcycle excluding handlebars.   (3) 1975 or new motorcycle is not equipped with retractable passenger foot rests.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".13" heading="Body Items.">
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A. Check for required body items, defective or dislocated parts, and parts projecting from the vehicle.
            A. (1) Seat is improperly or insecurely attached. Seat locking device does not function where applicable.    (2) Engine mounting, frame, or brackets are cracked or broken.
          
          
            B. Side and Center Stand.
            B. (1) The side or center stand will not remain in the stored position.   (2) The side or center stand is cracked, or broken, or apparent structural weakness is present, which would not support the motorcycle.   (3) Side or center stand is held in the stored position by:     (a) Wire;     (b) Rubber band;     (c) Other method which would not insure that the stand would remain secured in stored position.
          
          
            C. Chain Adjustment.
            C. Chain is not adjusted to manufacturer's specifications. If specifications are unavailable the following shall apply: “Rigid frame models”: minimum of 1/2 inch to maximum of 1 inch total up and down movement measured on the lower section of the chain midway between the sprockets. “Swing arm models”: minimum of 1/2 inch to maximum of 2 inches total up and down movement measured on the lower section of the chain midway between the sprockets.
          
          
            
            
          
          
            D. Chain guard. Motorcycles, if originally equipped, shall be provided with a chain guard, or other suitable device, which is original or equivalent.
            D. The chain guard, or other device, is missing (if originally equipped), broken, cracked, or is not the original or equivalent.
          
          
            E. Fenders. Inspect to determine if the fenders are properly mounted and there are no cracks, broken areas, or sharp edges. Front fender is not required.
            E. (1) Fenders are improperly mounted, cracked, or have sharp edges.  (2) Rear fender is missing.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".14" heading="Speedometer/Odometer.">
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            Visually inspect speedometer and odometer for operation and legibility. Speedometer shall register speed in miles or kilometers per hour and odometer shall register in miles or kilometers.
            (1) Speedometer and/or odometer disconnected or inoperable.(2) Dial and calibrations not legible.(3) Speedometer does not register speed in miles or kilometers.(4) Odometer does not register in miles or kilometers.</text>
    </regulation>
    <annotations>
      <annotation type="Authority">Transportation Article, §§12-104(b), 23-103, and 23-104, Annotated Code of Maryland</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Effective date: November, 1973</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter revised effective December 14, 1979 (6:25 Md. R. 1981)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter revised effective October 31, 1988 (15:22 Md. R. 2557)</annotation>
    </annotations>
  </chapter>
  <chapter num="04" heading="Safety Standards for Trucks, Truck Tractors, Commercial Buses, and Type I School Vehicles">
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".01" heading="Applicability.">
      <text>The standards, requirements, and procedures set forth in this chapter are applicable to equipment originally installed by the manufacturer or required by federal or State requirement on trucks (over 10,000 pounds GVWR), multipurpose passenger vehicles having a chassis rating greater than 10,000 pounds, truck tractors, commercial buses, and type I school vehicles.  Any questions regarding these standards or specifications shall be referred to the Automotive Safety Enforcement Division of the Maryland State Police. Any person constructing or reconstructing a vehicle shall assure the vehicle meets or exceeds all applicable federal and State safety standards.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".02" heading="Steering, Alignment, and Suspension.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Steering. Inspect the entire steering system including steering, wheel, steering column, lash, linkage, free play, and power steering for missing, loose, damaged, or worn parts.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Steering Wheel. The steering wheel shall be inspected to determine whether it is circular (complete rim) and free of cracks, breaks, or objects which will interfere with the safe steering of the vehicle. The inspection will also be made to determine whether the steering wheel is original equipment or equivalent, including diameter.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Energy Absorbing Steering Column. Some model vehicles may be equipped with an energy absorbing steering column. This special column was designed to absorb energy by controlling the collapsing of its components.  It collapses under impact from wither end of the column—steering gear end or steering wheel end. To determine whether the components are capable of functioning as designed, a careful inspection shall be performed, and include any objects on the steering column. An external examination of either shear pins or collapsible mesh-type material shall also be performed.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Coupling. On heavier vehicles, there may be a flexible coupling in the steering column located just above the steering gear, usually known as “rag joint”, “pot joint”, or “U joint”.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Lash, Free Play, and Travel. Inspect the steering system to determine whether excessive wear or improper adjustment of the linkage or steering gear exists. The vehicle shall be on a dry surface. If equipped with power steering, the engine shall be running and the fluid level and belt tension shall be within manufacturer's recommendation. (See Figure 3)</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Linkage. Linkage Play. Excessive free play causes wheel shimmy, erratic brake action and steering control problems. Make sure any looseness detected is not wheel bearing free play. Spring or Torsion Bar Height. Optimum front spring height is established as part of the overall design of front wheel alignment angles.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>Power Steering.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <aftertext>Figure 1—TYPICAL SHEAR CAPSULE LOCATION.</aftertext>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Wheel Alignment. There are five basic factors which are the foundation to front wheel alignment: caster, camber, toe-in, steering axis inclination, and toe-out on turns. All are mechanically adjustable except steering axis inclination and toe-out on turns. Overall front wheel alignment can be somewhat grossly indicated by measurement of front wheel toe. Excessive toe-in or toe-out is a general indication that a complete check should be made of all front wheel alignment factors. Rear wheel misalignment on vehicles with fixed rear suspension can be caused by broken or damaged springs, trailing rods, or center bolts and improper toe or camber adjustment on vehicles with independent rear suspension. If during road test there are no undesirable steering or handling reactions, caster and camber check is not necessary.</text>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Caster. Caster is the forward or backward tilt, from vertical of the spindle support arm at the top. Improper caster can cause hard steering, low speed shimmy, wander, and brake pull problems.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Camber. Camber is the inward or outward tilt of the top of the wheel from vertical. Improper camber can cause erratic tire wear problems, hard steering, and wander.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Rear Wheel Alignment. The wheelbase of a vehicle with tandem rear axles is determined by measuring from the center of the front wheel to the midpoint between the tandem axles. When measuring for tracking, the dimensions shall be taken between rear wheel centers. (See Figure 8 or 9)</text>
        </paragraph>
        <aftertext>Figure 6—CASTER ANGLES.</aftertext>
      </paragraph>
      <text>Agency Note:
      
       Not applicable if vehicle specifications indicate different left and right wheel base dimensions.</text>
      <text>Figure 8—REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT-TANDEM BUSES.</text>
      <text>Figure 9—TRUCK WHEEL BASE.</text>
      <text>Figure 10 — TYPICAL BALL JOINT.</text>
      <text>Figure 11 — PRE LOADED BALL JOINT.</text>
      <text>Figure 12 — WEAR INDICATING BALL JOINT.</text>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Suspension. Inspect the suspension system for missing, broken, damaged, worn, rusted, or modified wheel bearings, ball joints, control arms, springs, torsion bars, or frame that would affect vehicle stability.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Ball Joints. In checking for motion of ball joints, check in accordance with manufacturer's specifications, keeping in mind that the load carrying joint is unloaded in procedures(a) and (b), below, and that a pry bar pressure sufficient only to lift the weight of the wheel assembly is required. If the inspector uses the leverage of a pry bar to exert excessive pressure, he can easily force an apparent ball joint movement and get a false reading. This may result in expensive replacement of perfectly good joints.  Therefore, only a 12- to 18-inch pry bar should be used.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Ball Joint (wear-indicating). Some manufacturers provide a wear-indicating ball joint to facilitate inspection in which case a visual inspection is made with joints loaded.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Ball Joints (nonload carrying). Inspection of nonload carrying ball joints shall also be performed with the joints unloaded. With the vehicle properly jacked, inspect for any noticeable looseness.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>King Pin or Spindle Bolts. Inspection of king pins or spindle bolts shall be made to determine whether there are any missing, broken, or worn parts that may affect the steering or suspension of the vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Wheel Bearings. Wheel bearings out of adjustment can cause wander, unequal brake action, and noise due to interference of parts.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>Springs and Torsion Bars.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>Air Suspension. Some school buses, commercial buses, trucks, and truck tractors may be equipped with air suspension systems. Inspection of the system consists of checking for air leaks, proper height and ride level.  CAUTION: The inspector should not use a creeper under the vehicle unless the vehicle is properly jacked and supported.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>Air Suspension. Retractable Axle (not applicable to school vehicles). Some large vehicles may be equipped with retractable axles. If the axle is the type having independent suspension, the toe shall be checked the same as for the front suspension systems (see Figure 5).</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(9)">
          <text>Shock Absorbers (if equipped).</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(10)">
          <text>Lift Axle Air Pressure System. The lift axle shall have a certified air pressure to ensure the minimum load of 12,000 pounds for an evenly loaded vehicle with a gross vehicle weight of 70,000 pounds.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <aftertext>Figure 13—BALL JOINT JACKING PROCEDURE.</aftertext>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".03" heading="Brakes.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Brake Inspection—Heavy Vehicles. Certain items of special interest shall be considered by the inspector when evaluating the braking on large, heavily loaded vehicles.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Safety. The vehicle or combination of vehicles may weigh many tons and too much stress cannot be put upon the safety of the inspector and others when testing the stopping ability of the vehicles. These tests shall be conducted with extreme care in order to prevent possible skidding, jackknifing, load shifting, and overturning. In particular, extreme care shall be used in testing liquid cargo-carrying vehicles under partially loaded conditions because of the sudden surging of the cargo.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Practicality.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A thorough brake inspection includes the inspection of the inside of the brake assembly. The removal of wheel hubs and drums from large commercial vehicles is difficult because of size and weight problems and extreme care shall be taken to assure they are properly returned to the axle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A thorough examination of the hydraulic, vacuum, or air systems will normally give a fair idea of general condition of the braking system, especially when augmented by a practical performance demonstration.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Service Brake Performance Tests.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Road. Simple tests and visual procedures. Service brake tests shall be conducted on a substantially level, dry, hard, smooth surface road or area that is free from loose material, oil, or grease. Using the service brake only, the stopping ability of the vehicle shall be tested by one of the following methods:</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Platform Test. Before attempting inspection by this method, the inspector should be trained and experienced in the use of the equipment and the equipment must have adequate capacity.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Dynamic Brake Inspection. This test is for stations equipped with a roller-type brake dynamometer. The rollers should be dry, smooth and free of oil or grease. The equipment indicates both braking effort and imbalance. Brakes on front and rear axles are evaluated separately.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Hydraulic System.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Tests and visual inspection procedures. Recommended for inspection programs which must accommodate a large volume of vehicles. Results will indicate whether a vehicle has reasonably safe brakes at the time of inspection. The engine shall be running when vehicles are checked with power assisted hydraulic systems. These procedures are applicable to vehicles equipped with hand controls for the physically handicapped.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>At least one wheel and drum assembly shall be removed from each axle equipped with brakes. On disc brakes only wheel assembly removal is necessary. Any wheel or drum assembly removal shall be on alternate sides. Always inspect a brake assembly which shows evidence of leaking fluid or grease. Do not remove hydraulic wheel cylinder dust boots for inspection. Leakage can be determined by pushing on the outside of the boot.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>Drums and Discs.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Some vehicles have a combination of disc (caliper) type brakes on the front wheels and drum-type brakes on the rear wheels.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>On vehicles equipped with disc brakes, some drag can be felt when turning the wheel and tire. This drag is not excessive if the wheel can be turned readily with both hands.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>Brake Linings and Pads.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="H.">
        <text>Mechanical Linkage. Includes the parking brake and manual brake controls on vehicles equipped for physically handicapped persons.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="I.">
        <text>Vacuum System.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="J.">
        <text>Air System—Function: Compressor—Low Indicator—Governor.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="K.">
        <text>Air Leakage and Reserve. It may be desirable to install in the system an air gauge (0—150 psi) which has 5 or 10 psi increments, so that small changes in pressure can be more easily observed.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="L.">
        <text>Air Brakes—Parking and Emergency Systems. Commercial buses and some trucks may be equipped with hand-operated controls for parking and emergency air brake systems.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="M.">
        <text>Actuator Reserve.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="N.">
        <text>Emergency Brakes. To avoid confusion between emergency and parking brake systems, refer to definitions (see §T). On vehicles equipped with spring-type emergency brake systems, manual operation of the control valve will also provide an effective parking brake system.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="O.">
        <text>Parking Brakes. An emergency brake can also serve as a parking brake but a parking brake is not adequate to serve as an emergency brake. Most large vehicles with hydraulic brake systems and some large vehicles with air brake systems will have a parking brake located on the propeller (drive) shaft.  This type of parking brake is usually open and easily inspected.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="P.">
        <text>Brake Performance Chart. As of July 1, 1972, all vehicles subject to the regulations of the Bureau of Motor Carrier Safety are subject to the stopping requirements in this Brake Performance Chart except the column pertaining to Emergency Brake System, which are effective on vehicles manufactured after July 1, 1973.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>This deceleration as measured in brake tests cannot be used to compute the values in Column 4 because it is not sustained at the same rate over the entire period of the stop. The deceleration increases from zero to a maximum during a period of brake system application and brake force build-up. Also, other factors may cause the deceleration to decrease after reaching a maximum. The added distance which results because of a maximum deceleration is not sustained is included in the figures in Column 4 but is not indicated by usual brake testing devices for checking deceleration.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>There is a definite mathematical relationship between the figures in Columns 2 and 3. If the decelerations set forth in Column 3 are divided by 32.2 feet per second per second, the Column 2 figures will be obtained (for example, 17 divided by 32.2 gives 52.8 percent). Column 2 is included in the tabulation because certain brake testing devices utilize this factor.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>The decelerations as in Column 3 are an indication of the effectiveness of the basic brakes, and as measured in practical brake testing are the maximum braking decelerations attained at sometime during the stop.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>The distances in Column 4 and the decelerations in Column 3 are not directly related. Brake system “application and braking distance in feet” (Column 4) is a definite measure of the overall effectiveness of the braking system, being the distance traveled between the point at which the driver starts to move the braking controls and the point at which the vehicle comes to rest. It includes distance traveled while the brakes are being applied and the distance traveled while the brakes are retarding the vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>The distance traveled during the period of brake system application and brake force buildup varies with vehicle type, being negligible for many passenger cars and greatest for combinations of commercial vehicles. This fact accounts for the variation from 20 to 40 feet in the numerical values in Column 4 for the various classes of vehicles.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>The deceleration requirement in Column 3 is the same for all classifications of vehicles except for passenger vehicles, not including buses, because brakes on vehicles in the second, third and fourth classifications are all capable with reasonable maintenance of producing the designated deceleration as measured by brake testing devices. A higher deceleration requirement is warranted for passenger cars in view of United States Department of Transportation/Federal Highway Administration test data.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="Q.">
        <text>Decelerometers.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The method of brake system application and braking distance is not to be confused with the distance indicated by the inertia-type decelerometer and other existing brake testers, which often are purported wrongly to measure the vehicle stopping distance.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The pendulum and U-tube decelerometers used for brake testing are instruments scaled to read deceleration or equivalent braking force (sometimes referred to as brake efficiency) in percentages. The principle of the pendulum-type decelerometer is that a pendulum on a vehicle moving at a uniform speed will assume a vertical position. When the vehicle speed is reduced by application of the brakes, the pendulum will swing forward to an angle away from the vertical. The tangent of the angle through which the pendulum moves is directly proportional to the deceleration. Basically, the U-tube fluid-type instrument is a closed glass tube formed in the shape of a U. When vehicle speed is reduced by braking, the inertia of the fluid causes the level in the glass tube to fall. The distance the level of the liquid falls is proportional to the deceleration in feet per second per second, which is read from a scale on the front part of the glass tube.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>The vehicle will normally pitch because the lines of action of the inertia and braking forces are different. In order to minimize erroneous responses, the decelerometer, if used, should be put as close to the center of the vehicle as practical.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="R.">
        <text>Brake Testing Machines.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>These types of brake testers measure braking force at each wheel. The effectiveness of the brake testers that measure braking force in the testing of vehicles other than passenger vehicles or light trucks is very questionable.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The dimensions of these brake testers do not permit practical and reliable testing on combination vehicles. Use should therefore be restricted to two-axle vehicles. The simulated road surface of surface of these machines will occasionally exhibit much higher coefficients of friction than is possible on the highway. Excessive braking should therefore be avoided, be avoided, because braking distribution information is distorted.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>For drive-on-and-stop test machines, the vehicle is driven on the pads at speeds of 4 to 8 mph. When the brakes are applied at the time the vehicle is moving on the pads, the braking effort at each wheel causes a proportionate movement of the pad against the measuring system. The braking force on the pads is measured by indicating or recording instruments.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>The roller-type brake testing machine has powered rollers that turn the individual wheels while the brakes are applied in order to measure the brake force developed.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="S.">
        <text>Test Wheel Equipment. Any type of fifth or test wheel equipment can be used, if it obtains the following results:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>It measures the distance within plus or minus 3 percent of the values obtained by the “hot-shot” method, which uses an electrically fired gun.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The road speed of the test wheel is measured with a speedometer designed to hold the indicating hand at the speed from which the stop is initiated. The speedometer shall indicate the speed to within plus or minus 2 percent of the speed timed with a stopwatch over a measured mile.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="T.">
        <text>Definitions.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>“Brake system” means a combination of one or more brakes and their related means of operation and control.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>“Deceleration” means the rate of reduction of the speed of the vehicle, expressed in feet per second per second.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>“Equivalent braking ratio” means the percentage ratio of the sum of retarding forces developed by each braked wheel to the “as tested” gross weight of the vehicle or combination.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>“Emergency brake system” means a brake system used for retarding and stopping the vehicle in the event of a malfunction in the service brake system (this function may be performed by the parking brake system or by a portion of the service brake system, or by a separate brake system).</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>“Parking brake system” means a brake system used to hold and maintain a vehicle in a stationary position (a positive mechanical means is employed to hold the brake applied when the vehicle is unattended).</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>“Pedal reserve” as applied to hydraulic, mechanical, or power-assisted hydraulic brakes, means the amount of total pedal travel left in reserve when the pedal is depressed to the brake-applied position (the purpose of the pedal reserve check is to ascertain the degree of the brake adjustment and to demonstrate satisfactory brake actuating system condition).</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>“Service brake system” means a brake system used for retarding, stopping, and controlling the vehicle under normal operating conditions.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>“Stopping distance” means the distance traveled by a vehicle from the point of application of force to the brake control, to the point at which the vehicle reaches a full stop.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".04" heading="Wheels and Tires.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Tire Inspection. Reference is made to Figures 17 and 18 for visual aid in determining tire wear. A radial ply tire may not be used with a nonradial-type tire on the same axle. All tires on the steering axle shall be the same size and type of construction. All tires shall be the same size on the same axle.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Wheel Inspection.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".05" heading="Fuel System.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The fuel system includes the fuel tank, fuel pump, and necessary piping to carry the fuel from the tank to the carburetor or to the injection system.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".06" heading="Exhaust System.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The exhaust system includes the exhaust manifold, and all piping leading to and including the muffler, catalytic converter, resonator, and the tail piping.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".07" heading="Emission Control System on School Vehicles.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>This regulation represents the current recommendations of the Vehicle Emissions Inspection Panel of the Motor Vehicle Manufacturers Association, Inc., regarding engine maintenance inspection required to minimize vehicle emissions. This section is advisory and is primarily related to 1968 and later models.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>The inspection of emission control systems applies only to spark ignition engines, not to diesels.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>This regulation is applicable to school vehicles only.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Crankcase Ventilation. The ventilation system of the crankcase is common to engines using either an “air injection” system of control or an “engine modification” system. The engine should be warm and running at idle before inspection of vent system.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Air Injection Type—Idle Speed and Timing. An air injection-type exhaust emission control system can be identified by an air pump and a distribution system to the exhaust ports. The air pump is normally driven by a belt off the crankshaft or water pump pulleys. Only the plumbing, idle speed and ignition timing need be inspected. Reference is made to the Idle Setting Limits Table I.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>Engine Modification Type—Idle Speed and Timing. An “engine modification” control system may be most easily identified as one without an air pump. The emissions are primarily controlled by engine design. The items to be inspected are vacuum, idle speed, ignition timing, and idle air-fuel mixture by measuring the carbon monoxide (CO) content of the exhaust. Refer to Table II, Idle Setting Limits.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>Engine Modification-Type Fuel Mixture (Carbon Monoxide). The carbon monoxide (CO) concentration in the exhaust of most vehicles may not be more than 3 percent. Be sure that the testing is done by an experienced operator and that the exhaust analyzer is properly calibrated.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".08" heading="Bumpers and Rear Metal Frame.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Bumpers shall be inspected for broken or missing parts, abnormal protrusions, sharp edges, or conditions that could be hazardous to persons. The bumpers shall be securely mounted to the vehicle and be capable of absorbing a reasonable degree of impact. Every truck with a GVWR over 10,000 pounds, except truck tractors and vehicles engaged in drive-away/tow-away operations, which is so constructed that the body or the chassis assembly, if without a body, has a clearance at the rear end of more than 30 inches from the ground when empty, shall be equipped with a permanent rear bumper or metal frame attached to the underside of the rear of the truck. The bumper or frame may not be any wider than the width of the truck, and may not be more than 30 inches above the highway when moving and shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel. The maximum transverse distance from the widest part of the vehicle at the rear to the bumper or metal frame may not exceed 18 inches. The frame shall be constructed so as not to interfere with lights or other warning devices. Any truck so constructed and maintained that the body, chassis, or other parts thereof afford the protection required by this section shall be deemed in compliance with this section. The provisions of this section do not apply to vehicles where the installation of the required bumper or metal frame would prevent operation of the vehicle to secure its designated purpose.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".09" heading="Rear Wheel Protector Flaps.">
      <text>A person may not operate, cause or permit to be operated any bus or truck on the highways of this State unless it is equipped with suitable metal protectors or substantial flexible flaps behind the rearmost wheels of the vehicle to prevent the projection of rocks, dirt, water, or other substances to the rear and to minimize side spray. This regulation does not apply to any farm tractor or any vehicle registered as a farm truck or to uncoupled truck tractors or other vehicles where the construction is such that complete freedom around the wheel area is necessary to secure the designed use of the vehicle.</text>
      <text>Procedures
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A. The protectors or flaps shall have a ground clearance of not more than one-third of the horizontal distance from the bottom edge of the protector or flap to the centerline of the axle, provided, however, that no protector or flap need becloser to the ground than 6 inches under any condition of loading. The protector or flap shall extend laterally at least the width of the tire or tires being protected.
            A. Measurement A is longer than 1/3 the length of Measurement B and the vehicle is not equipped with flaps (see Figures 20 and 21).B. Protector or flap does not extend laterally at least the width of tire or tires.C. Protectors or flaps not securely attached to the vehicle.
          
          
            B. If any truck or bus is so designed or constructed that the objectives of this regulation are accomplished by reason of fender or body construction or other means of enclosure, either permanent or temporary, then the requirements of this regulation have been satisfied.</text>
      <text>Figure 20—REAR WHEEL PROTECTOR FLAP REQUIREMENTS.</text>
      <text>Figure 21—REAR WHEEL PROTECTOR FLAP REQUIREMENTS.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".10" heading="Fenders.">
      <text>Fender inspection shall include condition, mounting, and coverage of wheels and tires. If the body of the vehicle does not provide coverage, the vehicle shall then be equipped with suitable metal protectors or substantial flexible flaps behind the rearmost wheels of the vehicle.</text>
      <text>Procedures
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A. Fenders shall be securely attached to the vehicle and inspected for tears, sharp or jagged edges, sufficient coverage of the wheel and tire both from the body outward and to the front and rear of tires and wheels. Fenders may be extended outward to compensate for tire and wheel changes provided these extensions:
            A.  (1) Fender has tears, sharp or jagged edges.   (2) Fender is not securely fastened to the body.   (3) Fender does not extend outward from the body to cover the top of the wheel and tire.
          
          
            (1) Provide required coverage of wheels and tires;
            (4) The rear of all fenders do not extend downward to the horizontal centerline of the wheel.
          
          
            (2) Are constructed of substantial materials;
          
          
            (3) Are securely attached to fenders the fenders;
            (5) Fronts of all fenders do not extend forward from the vertical centerline of the wheel to at least within a 45-degree angle of the horizontal centerline.
          
          
            (4) Have all edges rolled to eliminate sharp or jagged edges;;
          
          
            (5) Do not contact tires during different vehicle attitudes;
            (6) Fender has been extended downward to compensate for suspension modifications.
          
          
            (6) On trucks and truck tractors, applies only to front fenders and rear fenders when equipped.
          
          
            
            (7) Fender is missing.
          
          
            (8) The vehicle is not equipped with flaps behind the rear wheels when required.</text>
      <text>Figure 22—FENDERS.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".11" heading="Body and Sheet Metal — Applicable to School Vehicles Only.">
      <text>Body exterior components and sheet metal parts, if damaged or dislocated so that they project from the vehicle to present a safety hazard to occupants, pedestrians, or other vehicles, may be cause for rejection of the vehicle.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A. Protruding Metal: Inspect for torn metal parts, moldings, rub rails, etc., which may protrude from vehicle.
            A.  (1) Body components or sheet metal are subject to rejection if a condition exists which is hazardous to occupants, pedestrians or other vehicles.  (2) Torn metal, broken glass, or other loose or dislocated parts protrude from the surface of the vehicle which is hazardous to occupants, pedestrians, or other vehicles.</text>
      <text>Figure 23—SCHOOL VEHICLE CONSTRUCTION AND SEATING.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".12" heading="Lighting.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>General Lamp and Reflector Inspection. This includes all original equipment, exterior lighting plus whatever lights are authorized. School vehicles have special marking and lighting to assure their identity. Refer to diagrams of front and rear views (Figures 27 and 29).</text>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Preparation for Headlamp Aim Inspection. Preparation for headlamp and aim inspection is to be done by owner of vehicle before inspection. Frame leveling and wheel alignment inspection is done before inspection. Frame leveling and wheel alignment inspection is done at the station. Any one of the items listed below can affect the inspection results and may cause rejection of the vehicle. To prevent this and reduce inspection time, the owner should have the first three items completed before inspection.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Headlamp.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>High Beam. Vehicle shall be equipped with either the dual headlighting system consisting of four 5 1/4-inch diameter units, two of which shall be No. 1 and two of which shall be No. 2; or four 6 1/2 × 4 1/2 inch rectangular units, two of which shall be No. 1A and two of which shall be No. 2A; four 5.93 × 3.64-inch rectangular-type F units, two of which shall be LF units and two of which shall be UF units; or a single headlighting system consisting of two 7-inch units; or two 8 × 5 inch rectangular units; or an approved bulb and reflector-type system. All units bearing the marking No. 2 shall be inspected and aimed on low beam. All units bearing the marking No. 1 or no number shall be inspected and aimed on high beam. Headlamp inspection and aiming by the photoelectric-optical method, not applicable to school vehicles, requires a level area sufficient for the vehicle and test equipment. The test equipment shall be accurately calibrated to the floor and accurately aligned to the vehicle. Additional lighting information is contained in §§E, F, and G (limits are in inches at 25 feet). Labeling requirements for sealed beam headlamps manufactured on or after July 1, 1979: 5 3/4 inch type 1-1C1, type 2-2C1; 6 1/2 inch by 4 1/2 inch type 1A-1A1, type 2A-2A1; 7 inch type 2-2D1; 8 inch by 5 inch type 2B-2B1; type F 5.93 inch by 3.64 inch—low beam—LF, high beam—UF. Type F units require a special aimer adapter and must be aimed in accordance with the manufacturers' recommended procedures. Bulb and reflector-type headlamps currently approved contain a 9004 Sylvania bulb in a normal reflector unit or an H-4 bulb in a sealed reflector unit. Sealed reflector units contain a glass bubble which encases the bulb when in place which can be detected by removing the bulb and determining if the bubble exists.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Low Beam. Inspect the low beam headlamp in the same method as indicated for high beam. Always inspect the following sealed beam units on low beam only: 5 3/4 inch diameter or 6 1/2 × 4 1/4 inch rectangular marked type 2 or 2A and 7 inch diameter or 8 × 5 inch rectangular marked type 2 or 2B.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <aftertext>Agency Note: Labeling requirements for sealed beam headlamps manufactured on or after July 1, 1979: 5 3/4 inches Type 1—1C1, Type 2—2C1; 6 1/2 inches by 4 1/4 inches Type 1A—1A1, Type 2A—2A1; 7 inches Type 2—2D1; 8 inches by 5 inches Type 2B—2B1</aftertext>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Headlamp—Applicable School Vehicles Only.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>To compensate for the various conditions of loading encountered during inspection, the frame or body floor shall be made level before checking. This will provide a standard condition for inspecting all vehicles and may be accomplished by using a combination of blocks under the rear wheels or a lifting device (jack) or both for the front end. A spirit level may be laid along the frame side member.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Place vehicle in a darkened location of sufficient size for the vehicle and an additional 25 feet from lamps to screen. Level the vehicle frame as described in §C(1). The vehicle shall be located accurately in front of the screen. An approved marked screen and adequate test area are required.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Inspect the low beam headlamp in the same method indicated as for high beam. Always inspect the following sealed beam units on low beam only: 5 3/4 inch diameter or 6 1/2 × 4 1/4 inch rectangular units marked type 2 or 2A and 7 inch diameter or 8 × 5 inch rectangular units marked type 2 or 2B.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <aftertext>Figure 30—AIMING SCREEN BEAM PATTERN-HIGH BEAM.</aftertext>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Fog Lamp and Auxiliary Driving Lamps. If a vehicle is equipped with either fog lamps or auxiliary driving lamps they shall be properly aimed.  Fog lamps shall be mounted on the front of the vehicle at a height not more than 30 inches or less than 12 inches above the level surface on which a vehicle stands. Only two fog lamps are allowed by law. Auxiliary driving lamps shall be mounted on the front of the vehicle at a height not more than 42 inches or less than 16 inches above the level surface on which the vehicle stands. Only two auxiliary driving lamps are allowed by law. The mounting heights of auxiliary driving lamps do not apply to emergency vehicles.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Definitions.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>“Asymmetrical beam” (nonsymmetrical) means a beam in which both sides are not symmetrical with respect to the median vertical plane of the beam. All lower beams are asymmetrical.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>“Back-up lamp” means a lamp used to provide illumination behind the vehicle, and to provide an indicator when the vehicle is in reverse gear.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>“Clearance lamp” means (on trucks and buses 80 inches or more wide) a lamp which shows to the front or rear of a vehicle, mounted on the permanent structure of the vehicle as near as practicable to the upper left and right extreme edges to indicate overall width and height of the vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>“Cornering lamp” means a steadily burning lamp used when the turn signal system is operating to supplement the headlamps by providing additional road illumination in the direction of the turn.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>“Driving lamp” means the auxiliary lamp or lamps that may be used to supplement the upper beam of the regular headlamps.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>“Emergency warning lamp” means a lamp which provides a flashing light to identify an authorized vehicle on an emergency mission. The emergency signal may be an oscillating lamp, a rotating beacon, or pairs of alternately or simultaneously flashing lamps.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>“Fog lamps” means a lamp which may be used with the lower beam headlights to provide illumination under condition of rain, snow, dust, or fog.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>“Hazard warning lamp” means a turn signal lamp which flashes simultaneously to warn of the presence of a vehicular hazard.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(9)">
          <text>Headlamps.</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Five and 3/4 Inch Round Sealed Beam Unit.</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>“Type 1 sealed beam unit” means a sealed beam unit 5 3/4 inches in diameter having a single filament and providing only an upper beam distribution of light. This unit is identified by a number 1 on the lens and is aimed on the upper beam.</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>“Type 2 sealed beam unit” means a sealed beam unit 5 3/4 inches in diameter having two filaments, one filament providing the lower beam and one filament providing fill-in light for the upper beam. This unit is identified by a 2 on the lens and is aimed on the lower beam.</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>“Seven Inch Round Sealed Beam Unit” means a sealed beam unit 7 inches in diameter providing an upper and lower beam. This unit is identified by a number 2 on the lens and is aimed on the lower beam. If there is no identifying number on lens, it means a sealed beam unit 7 inches in diameter providing an upper and lower beam. It is aimed on the upper beam.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>“Eight Inch by 5 Inch Rectangular Sealed Beam Unit” means a sealed beam unit providing an upper and lower beam. This unit is identified by a number 2B on the lens and is aimed on the lower beam.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Six 1/2 by 4 1/2 Inch Rectangular Sealed Beam Unit.</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>Type 1A—means a sealed beam unit having a single filament and providing only an upper beam distribution of light. The unit is identified by a number 1A on the lens and is aimed on the upper beam.</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>Type 2A—means a sealed beam unit having two filaments, one filament providing fill-in light for the upper beam. This unit is identified by a number 2A on the lens and is aimed on the lower beam.</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>“Bulb and reflector headlamps” means a lamp assembly providing an upper and lower beam light by means of a replaceable bulb. These lamps are aimed on lower beam. They shall be capable of producing at least 5,000 candlepower output on upper beam and 3,500 candlepower output on lower beam, and must be capable of being aimed.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(f)">
            <text>5.93 x 3.64 Inch Rectangular Sealed Beam Unit.</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>Type LF—sealed beam unit having a single beam filament and providing only a lower beam distribution of light. The unit is identified by the designation LF on the lens. A special aimer adapter is required for aiming, and aiming must be accomplished in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedures.</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>Type UF—sealed beam unit having a single beam filament and providing only a upper beam distribution of light. The unit is identified by the designation UF on the lens. A special aimer adapter is required for aiming, and aiming (if applicable) must be accomplished in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedures.</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(10)">
          <text>“Headlamp lower beam” means a distribution of light so directed as to avoid glare in the eyes of oncoming drivers while providing illumination ahead of the vehicle and intended for use in congested areas and on highways when meeting other vehicles within a distance of 500 feet.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(11)">
          <text>“Headlamp upper beam” means a distribution of light intended primarily for distant illumination and for use on the open highway when not meeting other vehicles.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(12)">
          <text>“Identification lamps” (on trucks and buses 80 inches or more wide) means lamps used in groups of three, in a horizontal row, which show to the front or rear or both, having lamp centers spaced not less than 6 or more than 12 inches apart, mounted on the permanent structure as near as practicable to the vertical centerline and the top of the vehicle, to identify certain types of vehicles.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(13)">
          <text>“Indicator lamp” means a lamp visible to the operator of a vehicle that indicates:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Appropriate electrical circuits are in operation;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Malfunction of vehicle performance; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Requirement for remedial action by the operator of the vehicle.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(14)">
          <text>“Lane changer” means a device, usually incorporated in the turn signal switch which will actuate the turn signal lamps when held by the driver. It is intended for momentary use for signaling a lane change. When released by the operator, it will return to neutral and de-activate the signal lamp.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(15)">
          <text>“License plate lamp” means a lamp used to illuminate the license plate on the rear of a vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(16)">
          <text>“Operating units or switches” means devices by which the functioning lamps are controlled.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(17)">
          <text>“Parking lamp” means lamps used to designate the front of a parked vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(18)">
          <text>“Passing lamp” means an auxiliary lamp or lamps that may be used to supplement the low beam of a standard headlamp system. It is not intended for winding roads or congested city areas.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(19)">
          <text>“Reflective devices” means a device used on vehicles to give an indication to an approaching driver by reflected light from the headlamps of approaching vehicles.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(20)">
          <text>“SAE Lighting Identification Code” means a series of standardized markings for lighting devices which a manufacturer or a supplier may use to mark his product to indicate the SAE lighting standard or standards to which the device is designed to conform. The code is not intended to limit the manufacturer or supplier in applying other markings to the devices.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(21)">
          <text>“Sealed beam headlamp assembly” means a major lighting device used to provide general illumination ahead of the vehicle. It consists of the following:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>One or more sealed beam units (bulb assembly);</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Means for mounting securely to the vehicle;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Means to permit required aim adjustment.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(22)">
          <text>“Sealed beam unit” means an integral and hermetically sealed optical assembly with the name “Sealed Beam” molded in the lens.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(23)">
          <text>“Side marker lamp” means a lamp on the left and right sides, beamed to the side, and intended to indicate vehicle length. They are located near the front and rear on each side and, for vehicles over 30 feet in length, are also located at the midpoint (intermediate side marker).</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(24)">
          <text>“Stop lamp” means a lamp giving a steady warning light to the rear of a vehicle, to indicate the intention of the operator of the vehicle to reduce speed or stop.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(25)">
          <text>“Symmetrical beam” means one in which both sides are symmetrical with respect to the median vertical plane of the beam. Lamps having symmetrical beam are:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Five 3/4 inch diameter type I;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Five 3/4 inch diameter type 2 (upper beam filament);</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Six 1/2 by 4-1/4 inch type 1A;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Six 1/2 by 4-1/4 inch type 2A (upper beam filament);</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>Eight by five inch type 2B (upper beam filament);</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(f)">
            <text>All 7 inch diameter units (upper beam filament).</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(26)">
          <text>“Tail lamp” means a lamp used to designate the rear of a vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(27)">
          <text>“Turn signal lamp” means a lamp which provides a flashing warning light to indicate the intended direction of the turn.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>SAE Identification Code (J759C SAE Handbook).</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The following list is an identifying code for lights and signaling devices:</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>All equipment for testing headlamps shall comply with the Society of Automotive Engineers Recommended Practice for Headlamp Inspection Equipment.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>Headlamp Testing Machines.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Headlamp Testing Machine. When a headlamp testing machine is used, it shall give results equivalent to those obtained using a screen. It shall be in good repair and adjustment, and shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. A machine using a photoelectric cell or cells to determine aim should also have a visual screen upon which the beam pattern is projected proportionally to its appearance and aim on a screen at 25 feet. The visual screen shall be plainly visible to the operator and have horizontal and vertical reference lines to permit visual appraisal of the lamp beam.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Mechanical Aimer (applicable to school vehicles only). When a mechanical aimer is used, it shall be in good repair and adjustment, and shall be used according to the manufacturer's instruction and shall be calibrated to the slope of the floor on which the vehicle stands.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Screen (applicable to school vehicles only). When a screen is used, it should be 5 feet high x 12 feet wide with a matte white surface well shaded from extraneous light, and properly adjusted to the floor on which the vehicle stands. Provisions may be made for moving the screen so that it can be aligned parallel with the rear axle so that a horizontal line drawn perpendicularly from the centerline of the screen will pass an equal distance midway between the two headlamps. The screen shall be provided with a fixed vertical centerline, two laterally adjustable vertical tapes, and one vertically adjustable horizontal tape.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".13" heading="Electrical System.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Electrical System. To save time, the inspector should develop his own plan or sequence for checking miscellaneous electrical items, many of which can be inspected while inspecting other items.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".14" heading="Interior and Emergency Equipment — Applicable to School Vehicles Only.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Seats, Stanchions, Rails.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Visors and Defroster. Sun visors shall be located in front and above the driver and passenger positions.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Heaters, Step or Stepwell, and Vents.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Fire Extinguisher, First Aid Kit, and Tire Chains. Every school vehicle shall be equipped with a dry chemical fire extinguisher, and first aid kit container mounted in plain view in the driver's compartment, and where applicable, tire chains.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Warning Devices.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>Color.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>Signs and Lettering.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="H.">
        <text>Retro-Reflective Tape.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="I.">
        <text>Identification. Inspect for presence, size, and condition of required or permitted identification.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".15" heading="Mirrors.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Outside Mirrors. Every vehicle shall be equipped with an outside rearview mirror on the driver's side providing a view of the highway  for a distance of at least 200 feet to the rear. Every school vehicle shall be equipped with at least one convex mirror, not less than 7-1/2 inches in diameter, which shall be firmly mounted on the left front corner forward of the seated driver so that he may observe a reflection of the road from the front bumper to a point where direct observation is possible. One outside rearview mirror on each side of a school vehicle shall be mounted forward of the driver's seat and have an area not less than 50 square inches (minimum 5 inches wide by 10 inches high). Additionally on school vehicles manufactured after December 31, 1972, there shall be on each side of the vehicle a convex mirror of not less than 20 square inches of reflective surface. The convex mirrors may be incorporated in the plain rearview mirror provided the plain view reflective area is not reduced, or they may be mounted independently. Either type shall be independently adjustable.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Inside Mirrors. Every vehicle shall be equipped with an inside rearview mirror except as noted in §B(1) and (2). The inside rearview mirror shall be clear view glass and adjustable, and provide a clear stable reflected view 200 feet to the rear. School vehicles shall be equipped with a mirror 6 inches by 30 inches, metal backed, framed with rounded corners, and firmly mounted as far forward as possible, and provide a clear stable reflected view of the road surface to the rear of the vehicle for a continual distance beginning not more than 200 feet to the rear.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".16" heading="Vehicle Glazing.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Safety glazing material is marked with the manufacturer's distinctive designation or trademark, model number and the letters “AS” followed by a number from 1 through 16B, which indicates where the glazing may be used on the vehicle.  Safety glazing material also has  the symbol “DOT” (Department of Transportation) and a manufacturer’s code mark that the NHTSA (National Highway Traffic Safety Administration) assigns to the manufacturer. Any questions regarding glazing shall be referred to the Automotive Safety Enforcement Division of the Department of State Police.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Proper Marking and Operation.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Signs and Materials on Windshield or Windows.  Inspect all glazing for unauthorized material or conditions that obscure the driver's vision.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Post Manufacture Window Tinting.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Definitions.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>“Acute area” means the windshield area 8 inches wide by 5 inches high, located directly in front of the driver, centered vertically on the steering wheel of the vehicle and horizontally in the center of the critical area.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>“Cloudiness” means any degree of visible discoloration or separation, except tinting that does not affect clear vision.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>“Critical area” means the normal windshield wiper sweep, except the area obscured by the hood, fenders, or rearview mirror.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>“Discoloration” means a condition which impairs the transparency of the glazing.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>“Non-critical area” means all windshield area outside the critical area.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>“Normal windshield wiper sweep” means the area of the windshield cleaned by the windshield wiper, excluding the return position on both passenger's and driver's sides.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>Glazing Damage.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".17" heading="Windshield Wipers and Washers.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The windshield wipers shall be inspected for operation, control, condition of blades and arms, or any missing part.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".18" heading="Hood and Catches.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Inspection shall consist of operation and presence of catches and safety catches, insuring that the hood covers at least the top part of the engine compartment; and if equipped with an air scoop or bubble, it does not extend higher than 1/3 the vertical height of the windshield.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".19" heading="Doors, Handles, and Latches.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Inspection of doors, handles, latches, and hinges applies to all vehicles originally manufactured with doors and all other vehicles which are equipped doors.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Doors—Service, Emergency (applicable to school vehicles only). Service doors may be split-type, sedan-type, or jackknife-type with vertical closing edges covered with flexible material.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".20" heading="Floor and Trunk Pans.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Floor and trunk pans shall be inspected for holes or rusted and weakened conditions.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".21" heading="Speedometer and Odometer.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Speedometer, odometer, or hubometer will be inspected to determine if they are connected and operable, the dial and calibrations are legible, and calibrated in miles or kilometers.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".22" heading="Preventive Maintenance — Applicable to School Vehicles Only.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The vehicle owner shall establish a preventive maintenance program recording inspection, repairs, and maintenance by vehicle number, and include at least annually a complete preventive maintenance inspection, to assure that each vehicle is in compliance with all sections of this handbook pertaining to school vehicles. When the wheels have been removed for inspection or maintenance, and after the wheels have been replaced, the vehicle shall be test-driven to assure there is no brake imbalance before the vehicle is released for pupil transportation. Before September of each year, the Administration shall determine that the annual preventive maintenance inspection on each vehicle has been performed within the previous 12 months, repaired or replaced systems or parts are operating properly, and the condition of the vehicle is in accordance with the established standards. The Administration may require a wheel or wheels to be pulled by the vehicle owners or mechanic, to verify condition and repair of brake and other systems. In the event of a change of vehicle ownership and before the vehicle is authorized to transport school children, the Administration may require a preventive maintenance inspection and accomplishment of any maintenance found necessary.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Preventive Maintenance Inspection.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Regular Inspection. Regular inspections shall be performed twice annually as required.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".23" heading="Load Covers.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>This regulation does not apply to a:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Class K (farm area) vehicle as defined in Transportation Article, §13-935, Annotated Code of Maryland;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Construction vehicle working within the confines of a public works construction work project site as outlined in the construction project's plans and specifications, provided the distance travelled does not exceed 1 mile or the distance specified in an extension granted by the Maryland Department of Transportation;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Construction vehicle or mining equipment while crossing a highway between construction or mining sites; or</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Vehicle, within the Port of Baltimore for a distance not to exceed 1 mile, carrying a load of loose material between a stockpile or storage facility and a vessel docked at the Port.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>This regulation applies to:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Any vehicle, not otherwise exempted, manufactured on or before July 1, 1990 and carrying loose material if any part of the loose material is within 6 inches of the top of any bed enclosure it touches;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Any vehicle, not otherwise exempted, manufactured after July 1, 1990 regardless of the loading of loose material;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>After January 1, 1992, any vehicle not otherwise exempted and regardless of loading of loose material.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>The requirements of this regulation apply only to the issuance and certification of a safety equipment repair order and do not apply to a complete inspection required upon sale or transfer of ownership of a used vehicle. A safety equipment repair order may be certified only if the cover is present, fully covers the top of the bed, and meets the requirements of this regulation.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <annotations>
      <annotation type="Authority">Transportation Article, §§12-104(b), 23-101—23-105, and 24-106.1, Annotated Code of Maryland</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Effective date:</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter revised effective October 3, 1980 (7:20 Md. R. 1880)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter revised effective October 31, 1988 (15:22 Md. R. 2557)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .02 amended effective October 9, 1995 (22:20 Md. R. 1544)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .05 amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .06 amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .10 amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .14 amended effective February 1, 2012 (39:1 Md. R. 18)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .16 amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686); August 21, 2000 (27:16 Md. R. 1526); February 1, 2012 (39:1 Md. R. 18)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .19 amended effective February 1, 2012 (39:1 Md. R. 18)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .23 adopted effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
    </annotations>
  </chapter>
  <chapter num="05" heading="Safety Standards for Trailers">
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".01" heading="Applicability.">
      <text>The standards, requirements, and procedures set forth in this chapter are applicable to equipment originally installed by the manufacturer or required by federal or State requirement on trailers (including pole trailers, semitrailers, camping trailers, trailers so designed or manufactured for the purpose of moving modular homes, travel trailers) and any questions regarding these standards or specifications shall be referred to the Automotive Safety Enforcement Division of the Maryland State Police. Any person constructing or reconstructing a vehicle shall assure the vehicle meets or exceeds all applicable federal and State safety standards.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".02" heading="Hitches or Coupling Devices.">
      <text>Inspect hitches, coupling devices, tongues, or drawbars on trailers and semitrailers for proper alignment, distortion, deformation, cracks, or missing parts. On vehicles equipped with a ball-type hitch, pintle hood, or drawbar means of attachment, inspect for presence, attachment, and size of safety chains or cables.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A. Inspect hitches, couplers, tongues, or drawbars on trailers and semitrailers for:
            A.
          
          
            (1) Proper alignment, distortion, deformation, cracks, or missing parts;
            (1) Hitch, coupler, tongue, or drawbar is improperly aligned, distorted, deformed, has any cracks or missing parts.
          
          
            (2) Presence and strength of safety chains or cables on vehicles equipped for a ball and hitch, pintle hook, or drawbar means of attachment.
            (2) Safety chains or cables on vehicles equipped for a ball and hitch, pintle hook, or drawbar means of attachment are severely worn, missing, broken, or not of sufficient strength to support the vehicle in the event the primary attachment device becomes uncoupled.
          
          
            B. On trailers or semitrailers to be coupled to a towing vehicle with a fifth wheel, inspect king pin for excessive wear.
            (3) Wear on king pin exceeds manufacturer's allowable tolerance.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".03" heading="Suspension and Alignment.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Suspension. Inspect the suspension system for missing, broken, damaged, worn, rusted, or modified wheel bearings, springs, or frame that would affect vehicle stability.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Wheel Bearings. Wheel bearings out of adjustment can cause wander, unequal brake action, and noise due to interference of parts.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Springs.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Air Suspension. Some trailers and semitrailers may be equipped with air suspension systems. Inspection of the system consists of checking for air leaks, proper height, and ride level. CAUTION: The inspector should not use a creeper under the vehicle unless the vehicle is properly jacked and supported.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Shock Absorbers (if equipped).</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Alignment. Inspect axles for broken, damaged, worn, rusted, bent, or modified axle beams, spindles, or mountings that affect wheel alignment, tracking, toe-in, caster, or camber enough to affect vehicle stability.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".04" heading="Brakes.">
      <text>Trailers and semitrailers to be registered up to 3,000 pounds GVWR are not required to be equipped with brakes.  However, if such a trailer or semitrailer is equipped with brakes, all brakes shall meet minimum standards. Trailers and semitrailers to be registered from 3,001 pounds GVWR to 10,000 pounds GVWR shall be equipped with brakes on all wheels of at least one axle. Trailers and semitrailers to be registered over 10,000 pounds GVWR shall have brakes on all wheels. At least one wheel and drum shall be removed from each axle equipped with drum brakes. On disc brakes only wheel assembly removal is necessary. On trailers and semitrailers with brakes on more than one axle, wheel assembly removal shall be on alternate sides. Always inspect a brake assembly which shows evidence of leaking fluid or grease.</text>
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Drums and Discs.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Brake Linings or Pads.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Mechanical Linkage.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Hydraulic System.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Air Brake Leakage. Before conducting these inspections, it may be desirable to install in the system an air gauge (0—150 psi) which has 5 or 10 psi increments, so that small changes in pressure can be more easily observed. Also, to eliminate the possibility of leakage being in the system of the towing vehicle, conduct air leakage tests on the uncoupled towing vehicle before inspecting the system of the trailer or semitrailer.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>Vacuum System.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>Actuator Reserve.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="H.">
        <text>Electric Brakes. Electric brakes are generally used on small and occasionally on large commercial trailers and semitrailers.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="I.">
        <text>Emergency Brake. Every trailer, semitrailer, and pole trailer equipped with air or vacuum actuated brakes and every trailer, semitrailer, and pole trailer with a registered gross weight in excess of 3,000 pounds, manufactured or assembled after June 1, 1970, shall be equipped with brakes of a character to be applied automatically and promptly and remain applied for at least 15 minutes on breakaway from the towing vehicle.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".05" heading="Tires and Wheels.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Tires.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Wheels.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".06" heading="Rear Metal Frame.">
      <text>Every trailer or semitrailer of a gross weight of 3,000 pounds or more when operated upon a highway shall be equipped with a permanent metal frame attached to the underside of the rear of the vehicle. The frame may not be any wider than the width of the vehicle and may not be more than 30 inches above the highway when moving and shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel. The maximum transverse distance from the widest part of the vehicle at the rear to the frame may not exceed 18 inches. The frame shall be constructed so as not to interfere with lights or other warning devices. Any trailer or semitrailer so constructed and maintained so that the body, chassis, or other parts thereof afford protection required by this section, shall be deemed to be in compliance. The provisions of this section do not apply to pole trailers or to vehicles where the installation of the required frame would prevent operation of the vehicle to secure its designed use.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A. Rear Metal Frame. Inspect frame for proper size, mounting, interference with lights or warning devices, and type of construction.
            A.   (1) Rear protector frame does not conform to requirements.   (2) Rear protector frame is missing when required.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".07" heading="Rear Wheel Protector Flaps.">
      <text>Every trailer or semitrailer when operated upon a highway shall be equipped with suitable metal protectors or substantial flexible flaps behind the rearmost wheels of the vehicle to prevent the projection of rocks, dirt, water, or other substances to the rear and to minimize side spray. This section does not apply to pole trailers or other vehicles if the construction is such that complete freedom around the wheel area is necessary to secure the designed use of the vehicle.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A. The protectors or flaps shall have a ground clearance of not more than one-third of the horizontal distance from the bottom edge of the protector or flap to the centerline of the axle, provided, however, that no protector or flap need be closer to the ground than 6 inches under any condition of loading. The protector or flap shall extend laterally at least the width of the tire or tires being protected.
            A. Measurement A is longer than 1/3 the length of Measurement B (Figure 5) and the vehicle is not equipped with flaps or protectors or flaps are not of required length.
          
          
            B. If any trailer or semitrailer is so designed or constructed that the objectives of this section are accomplished by reason of fender or body construction or other means of enclosure, either permanent or temporary, then the requirements of this section have been satisfied.
            B. Protector or flap does not extend laterally at least the width of the tire or tires being protected.C. Protectors or flaps are not securely attached to the vehicle.</text>
      <text>Figure 5—REAR WHEEL PROTECTOR FLAP REQUIREMENTS.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".08" heading="Fenders.">
      <text>Fender inspection shall include condition, mounting, and coverage of wheels and tires. If the body or fenders of the vehicle do not provide coverage, the vehicle shall then be equipped with suitable metal protectors or substantial flexible flaps behind the rearmost wheels of the vehicle. This section does not apply to pole trailers or other vehicles where the construction is such that complete freedom around the wheel area is necessary to secure the designed use of the vehicle.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            
              A. Fenders shall be securely attached to the vehicle and inspected for tears, sharp or jagged edges, sufficient coverage of the wheel and tire to the side and to the front and rear of tires and wheels. Fenders may be extended outward to compensate for tire or wheel changes provided the extensions:
              (1) Provide required coverage of wheels and tires;
              (2) Are constructed of substantial materials;
              (3) Are securely attached to the fenders;
              (4) Have all edges rolled to eliminate sharp or jagged edges;
              (5) Do not contact tires during different vehicle attitudes.
            
            
              A.
              (1) Fender has tears, sharp or jagged edges.
              (2) Fender is not securely attached to vehicle.
              (3) Fender does not extend outward enough to cover the top of the wheel band tire.
              (4) The rear of the rearmost fenders do not extend downward to the horizontal centerline of the wheel.
              (5) Front of all fenders do not extend forward from the vertical centerline of the wheel to at least a 45-degree angle of the horizontal centerline.
              (6) Fender is missing.
              (7) The vehicle is not equipped with flaps behind the rearmost wheels when required.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".09" heading="Lighting.">
      <text>General Lamp and Reflector Inspection. This includes all original equipment, exterior lighting plus whatever lights are authorized. (For definitions of lighting terms, refer to COMAR 11.14.04.12E and F.) Pole trailers and modular home trailers may have portable lamp devices which attach to the load when in use to comply with applicable regulations.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A. Visual Inspection of Lamp Function. Connect trailer or semitrailer to power source of towing vehicle. Turn on night driving lights of towing vehicle and visually inspect the following:
            
              A.  (1) A required lamp is missing or fails to function.
              (2) Turn signals do not properly indicate right or left when so activated.
            
          
          
            (1) Actuate the turn signal lever of the towing vehicle to right and left; and observe function of turn signal lights of trailer or semitrailer (1962 or newer trailers, semitrailers, and pole trailers shall be so equipped). Turn signals shall emit red or amber light.
            
              (3) Any lamp shows color contrary to law (red or blue light to the front; white light to the rear, except license plate lamp).
              (4) A required lamp, lens, or reflector is obscured by any object or shielded by a nontransparent material.
            
          
          
            (2) Depress the brake pedal of the towing vehicle and observe the function of the stop lamps of the trailer orsemitrailer (1972 or newer trailers, semitrailers, and  poletrailers shall have two red or amber stop lamps, all others one).
            
              (5) A lamp or reflector is not mounted to properly direct or reflect light.
              (6) A lamp assembly or reflector is loose or improperly mounted.
            
          
          
            (3) Observe function of tail lamps of trailer or semitrailer (Red: two on 1972 or newer vehicles; all others, one).
            
              (7) A tail lamp, stop lamp, or turn signal has a cracked or broken lens which emits a white light to the rear.
              (8) A lamp, lens, or reflector is not an approved type.
            
          
          
            (4) Observe function of license plate lamp of trailer or semitrailer (White: May be incorporated in tail lamp).
            
          
          
            (5) 1972 and newer model trailers and semitrailers shall be equipped with two red reflectors on the rear. All others, one. (Reflectors may be incorporated in tail lamps.) In addition, every trailer or semitrailer 80 inches or more in overall width shall be, and all other trailers or semitrailers may be, equipped as required in §A(6),(7), (8), and (9).
            
          
          
            (6) Side marker lamps: One amber, front, and one red, rear, on each side. Vehicles over 30 feet in overall length, one amber, centrally located with respect to length of the vehicle.
            
          
          
            (7) Reflectors: One amber, front, and one red, rear, on each side. Vehicles over 30 feet in overall length, one amber, centrally located with respect to the length of the vehicle. (Reflectors may be incorporated in side marker lamps.)
            
          
          
            (8) Clearance Lamps: Two amber, front, and two red, rear, to indicate the overall width of the vehicle. One on each side of the vertical centerline of the vehicle at the same height and as near the top of the vehicle as possible. If the vehicle is equipped with three red identification lamps on the top rear, the rear clearance lamps may be mounted at the top or bottom of the vehicle.
            
          
          
            (9) Identification Lamps: (Required on 1972 or newer trailers and semitrailers). Three red, rear, grouped in a horizontal row with lamp centers spaced not less than 6 inches or more than 12 inches apart and mounted on a permanent structure of the vehicle as close as possible to the vertical centerline of the vehicle. Pole trailers may be equipped with three red identification lamps visible to the rear, mounted on the rear of the cab of the towing vehicle, the bolster, or on the rear of the load provided they are visible.
            
          
          
            (10) Modular home trailers may be equipped with a bar light assembly provided it is bolted securely to the rear frame of the trailer.</text>
      <text>Figures 6—COMMERCIAL SEMI TRAILER LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS.</text>
      <text>Figures 7—SMALL TRAILER LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".10" heading="Electrical System.">
      <text>To save time, the inspector should develop his own plan or sequence for inspecting miscellaneous electrical items, many of which can be inspected while inspecting other items.</text>
      <text>Procedures:
            Reject Vehicle If:
          
        
        
          
            A. Inspect Electrical System:    (1) Wiring shall be well insulated.
            A.    (1) Wiring:      (a) Insulation is bare, cracked, or broken.      (b) Shows evidence of burning or short-circuiting.
          
          
            (2) Connections shall be tight and secure.
            (2) Connections are loose or show signs of excessive corrosion.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".11" heading="Load Covers.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>This regulation does not apply to a:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Class G (trailer) vehicle registered or capable of being registered under Transportation Article, §13-927, Annotated Code of Maryland, provided no part of the load is within 6 inches of the top of any of the enclosures the load touches;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Construction vehicle working within the confines of a public works construction work project site as outlined in the construction project's plans and specifications, provided the distance traveled does not exceed 1 mile or the distance specified in an extension granted by the Maryland Department of Transportation;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Construction vehicle or mining equipment while crossing a highway between construction or mining sites; or</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Vehicle, within the Port of Baltimore for a distance not to exceed 1 mile, carrying a load of loose material between a stockpile or storage facility and a vessel docked at the Port.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>A vehicle carrying loose material which is within 6 inches of the top of any of the enclosures the loose material touches, shall have the loose material covered by a firmly attached canvas or similar type covering.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>The requirements of this regulation apply only to the issuance and certification of a safety equipment repair order and do not apply to a complete inspection required upon sale or transfer of ownership of a used vehicle. A safety equipment repair order may be certified only if the cover is present, fully covers the top of the bed, and meets the requirements of this regulation.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <annotations>
      <annotation type="Authority">Transportation Article, §§12-104(b), 23-101—23-105, and 24-106.1, Annotated Code of Maryland</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Effective date:</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">COMAR 11.14.05 Noise Abatement Program recodified COMAR 11.14.07</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulations .01—.10 Safety Standards for Trailers adopted effective</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">October 31, 1988 (15:22 Md. R. 2557)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .08 amended effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 687)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .11 adopted effective April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 687)</annotation>
    </annotations>
  </chapter>
  <chapter num="06" heading="Emissions Equipment Standards">
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".01" heading="Applicability.">
      <text>The standards, requirements, and procedures set forth in this chapter are applicable to equipment originally installed by a vehicle manufacturer or required by federal or State requirements on all vehicles designated as a 1968 or newer model year.  Each vehicle has an emissions label in the engine compartment which indicates the emissions equipment originally installed on the vehicle. If the label is not present, refer to an emissions control application guide.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".02" heading="Catalytic Converter.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Most 1975 and newer passenger cars and 1975 through 1978 light-duty trucks with a manufacturer's GVW of 6,000 pounds or less were originally equipped with a catalytic converter. Some passenger cars were not originally equipped with a converter until later model years, and 1979 and newer light-duty trucks with a manufacturer's GVW of 8,501 pounds or more may not have been originally equipped with a catalytic converter.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Program for Converter Replacement.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>If a vehicle is less than 5 model years old and has been driven less than 50,000 miles, any catalytic converter shall be replaced with OEM equipment.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>If a vehicle is more than 5 model years old or has been driven more than 50,000 miles, an EPA-approved new after market catalytic converter designed for the vehicle may be installed on the vehicle. An approved, reconditioned (used) catalytic converter may be installed provided the catalytic converter is an original type for the vehicle and has been certified by an EPA-approved testing facility.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".03" heading="Fuel Filler Inlet Restrictor (INRES).">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Vehicles originally equipped with a catalytic converter were also equipped with a fuel filler inlet restrictor to prevent the entry of a leaded fuel pump nozzle.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Some later model light-duty trucks were not equipped with a catalytic converter but were equipped with a fuel filler inlet restrictor. The fuel filler inlet restrictor is required on these vehicles.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".04" heading="Positive Crankcase Ventilation System (PCV).">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>All 1968 and newer passenger cars and 1968 through 1978 light-duty trucks with a manufacturer's GVW of 6,000 pounds or less, and 1979 and newer light-duty trucks with a manufacturer's GVW of 8,500 pounds or less are equipped with a crankcase ventilation system.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Early model vehicles may be equipped with an open crankcase ventilation system where air is drawn in through the oil filler tube. Later model vehicles are equipped with a closed crankcase ventilation system where air is drawn in through the carburetor air cleaner. On this type system, the oil filler cap is sealed.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".05" heading="Air Injection System (AIS).">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Many 1968 and newer model vehicles are equipped with an air injection system which supplies air to the exhaust ports to extend the combustion process in the exhaust system. The system may be equipped with an external air pump. The pulse, aspirator, suction, or reed injection systems are not equipped with an air pump. Newer model vehicles may be equipped with an air pump which supplies air directly to the catalytic converter.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".06" heading="Exhaust Gas Recirculation System (EGR).">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Most 1973 and later model vehicles are equipped with an exhaust gas recirculation system to recirculate proper amounts of exhaust gases into the air/fuel mixture in the intake manifold. This recirculation into the manifold reduces combustion temperatures, thus reducing oxides of nitrogen (NOx).  There are several types of EGR systems: a back pressure system which operates in conjunction with exhaust back pressure, a conventional system which operates on carburetor venturi vacuum, an electronically controlled system which operates from the engine computerized emissions control system, or a floor jet system which operates through jets in the floor of the intake manifold.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".07" heading="Evaporative Emissions System (EVP).">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Most 1971 and newer vehicles and some older models are equipped with an evaporative emissions system to collect and store gasoline vapors and gasoline from the carburetor and fuel system during engine operation or shut down.  The vapors are collected and stored in a canister containing a charcoal filter and gasoline is returned to the fuel tank. The vapors are purged from the canister and drawn into the engine when the engine is started. A pressure vacuum gas cap is essential to the proper operation of this system.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <annotations>
      <annotation type="Authority">Transportation Article, §§12-104(b) and 23-104, Annotated Code of Maryland</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Effective date: April 1, 1991 (18:6 Md. R. 686)</annotation>
    </annotations>
  </chapter>
  <chapter num="07" heading="Noise Abatement Program">
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".01" heading="Promulgation of Regulations for Maximum Sound Level Limits.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The Transportation Article, §22-601, Annotated Code of Maryland, authorizes the Administrator, by regulation, to adopt maximum sound level limits for motor vehicles operated on the highways of the State.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>The Transportation Article, §22-603, Annotated Code of Maryland, authorizes the Administrator and the Maryland State Police to jointly promulgate regulations for the administration and enforcement of the maximum sound level limits for motor vehicles operated on the public highways of the State.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>The Transportation Article, §22-604, Annotated Code of Maryland, authorizes the Administrator to adopt regulations establishing maximum sound level limits for new motor vehicles sold, offered for sale, distributed, or leased in the State.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>The Transportation Article, §22-607, Annotated Code of Maryland, authorizes the Administrator to adopt regulations for the administration and enforcement of the limits established under Transportation Article, §22-605, Annotated Code of Maryland.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>The Transportation Article, §22-608, Annotated Code of Maryland, authorizes the Administrator to adopt regulations for the certification of new vehicles to be sold, offered for sale, distributed, or leased in the State.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>The Transportation Article, §22-610, Annotated Code of Maryland, authorizes the Administrator to adopt regulations for certification of exhaust mufflers, intake mufflers, and other noise abatement devices sold in this State.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".02" heading="Definitions.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>In this chapter, the following terms have the meanings indicated.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Terms Defined.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>“dB(A)” means the accepted abbreviation for A-weighted sound level in decibels.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>“GCWR” means gross combination weight rating.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>“GVWR” means gross vehicle weight rating.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>“Ground cover” means any various low, dense growing plants, such as ivy, myrtle, low weeds, or brush.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>“Hard test site” means any test site having the ground surface covered with concrete, asphalt, packed dirt, gravel, or similar reflective material for more than 1/2 the distance between the microphone target point and the microphone location point.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>Highway.</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>“Highway” has the meaning stated in Transportation Article, §11-127, Annotated Code of Maryland.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>“Highway” includes any road owned by or under the control of the State or any of its political subdivisions that is open to vehicular traffic and used by the public in general.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>“ISO” means the International Organization for Standardization.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>“Lmax” means maximum sound level measurement.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(9)">
          <text>“SAE” means Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., or its successor bodies.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(10)">
          <text>“Soft test site” means any test site having the ground surface covered with grass, other ground cover, or similar absorptive material for 1/2 or more of the distance between the microphone target and the microphone location point.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(11)">
          <text>“Sound level” means the A-weighted sound level obtained by the use of fast meter response and A-weighting characteristic specified in American National Standard S1.4—1971 “Specification for Sound Level Meters.”</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".03" heading="Applicability.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Noise Measurement. Regulations .04 through .12 apply to the measurement of noise of any:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Motor vehicle while in motion;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Stationary motor vehicle equipped with an engine governor; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Stationary motor vehicle without an engine governor.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Noise Exemptions. These regulations do not apply to:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The sound generated by a horn or other warning device when operated under the provisions of the Transportation Article, §22-401, Annotated Code of Maryland;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The sound generated by an emergency motor vehicle when operating under the provisions of the Transportation Article, §22-106, Annotated Code of Maryland;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>The sound generated by transit and school buses.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".04" heading="Noise Limits for Vehicles.">
      <text>A person may not operate or permit to be driven on a highway of this State any motor vehicle or combination of vehicles at any time or at any speed, under any conditions of grade, load, acceleration, or deceleration in a manner which would exceed the sound level limits specified in Table 1, 2, or 3 for the category of vehicle. Measurements shall be made in accordance with the procedures and measuring device specifications adopted by the Administrator. Sound level limits are based on the use of the A-weighting network and fast Lmax meter response.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".05" heading="Standard Measurement Site for Highway Operation of all Vehicles over 10,000 Pounds GVWR and GCWR.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Moving Vehicle Measurement Procedures.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Measurement shall be made at a measurement site which is adjacent to, and includes, a portion of a traveled lane of a public highway. A microphone target point shall be established on the centerline of the traveled lane of the highway and a microphone location point shall be established on the ground surface 50 feet (15.2m) from the microphone target point. Within the site is a triangular measurement area. A plan view diagram of a standard site, having an open site within a 50 foot radius (15.2m) of both the microphone target point and the microphone location point, is shown in Figure 1.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The sound level generated by the motor vehicle is the highest reading observed on the sound level measurement system as the vehicle passes through the measurement site. The sound level of the vehicle being measured shall be observed to rise at least 6 dB(A) before the maximum sound level occurs and to fall at least 6 dB(A) after the maximum sound level occurs.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Standard Measurement Site Highway Operations.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <aftertext>Figure 1.</aftertext>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Stationary Vehicle Measurement Procedures for Vehicles Over 10,000 Pounds GVWR and GCWR.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The motor vehicle to be tested shall be parked on a flat open area free of acoustically reflective surfaces (except those of the vehicle under test) that are within 15 feet of the microphone measuring position. See Figure 2 for microphone orientation. Before starting the sound level measurement, the vehicle engine should be at normal operating temperature.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The microphone shall be located at a height equal to that of the exhaust discharge opening (but not less than 1 foot from the ground) and shall be positioned 3 feet from the exhaust opening with the microphone in a vertical or a grazing position and as far as possible from any acoustically reflective surfaces associated with the vehicle being tested, the inspecting officer, or the associated testing equipment. See Figure 2.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>All auxiliary equipment such as cranes, asphalt spreaders, liquid or slurry pumps, auxiliary air compressors, welders or trash compactors, which are installed on the motor vehicle and which are designed to operate under normal conditions when the vehicle is operating at a speed of 5 miles per hour (8 kph) or less, shall be turned off.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>If the motor vehicle engine radiator fan drive is equipped with a clutch or similar device that automatically reduces the rotational speed of the fan or completely disengages the fan from its power source in response to reduced engine cooling loads, park the vehicle before testing with the engine running at high idle or any other speed the operator may choose, for sufficient time but not more than 10 minutes, to permit the radiator fan to automatically disengage.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Stationary measurements require that the microphone be located 3 feet from the vehicle exhaust opening, as shown in Figure 2. There shall be no acoustically reflective objects closer than 15 feet to the microphone measuring position except those of the vehicle under test, the inspecting officer, and the associated testing equipment.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>Standard Measurement Site Stationary Operations.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>A motor vehicle with a manual transmission shall be in neutral and the clutch engaged. A motor vehicle with an automatic transmissions shall be in park or in neutral.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>With the compression brake engaged (if the vehicle is so equipped) and the engine at idle, the sound level measurement shall be started. Then, the throttle shall be rapidly depressed to wide open and returned to idle speed. This procedure is repeated for a total of 3 engine run-ups during the measurement period. For vehicles without an engine speed governor, the engine shall be accelerated to approximately one-half throttle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(9)">
          <text>If the motor vehicle is equipped with dual exhausts, these procedures shall be applied to both sides of the motor vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(10)">
          <text>If all 3 engine run-up maximum sound level measurements exceed the maximum permitted level specified in Table 3 for the category of the vehicle under test, a noise violation exists. This test procedure may be repeated if deemed necessary by the inspecting officer.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <aftertext>Figure 2.</aftertext>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".06" heading="Measurement Site Stationary Operation — Other Vehicles.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>10,000 Pounds or Less GCWF or GCWR. The same procedures as described in Regulation .05B of this chapter are used.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Motorcycle. The same procedures as described in Regulation .05B of this chapter are used.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".07" heading="Non-Standard Site Highway Operation for All Vehicles over 10,000 Pounds GVWR or GCWR.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>If the distance between the microphone location point and the microphone target point is a distance other than 50 feet (15.2m), this same distance will be used for the radius of the microphone location point and the microphone target point. The measurement site will be the area within both radii. See Figure 3.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Non-Standard Measurement Site Highway Operations.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".08" heading="Site Requirements: Highway Operation for All Vehicles over 10,000 Pounds GVWR or GCWR.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Measurement Site.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The measurement site shall be an open site, essentially free of large sound reflecting objects and not closer than 200 feet between the microphone target point and a tunnel or underpass.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The following objects may be within the site including the triangular measurement area:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Small cylindrical objects such as fire hydrants or telephone or utility poles;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Rural mailboxes;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Traffic railing of any type of construction except solid concrete barriers; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>One or more curbs or surfaces having a vertical height of 1 foot (.3m) or less.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>The following objects may be within the measurement site if they are outside of the triangular measurement area of the site:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Any vertical surface (such as billboards), regardless of size, having a lower edge more than 15 feet (4.6m) higher than the surface of the traveled lane of the highway.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Any uniformly smooth sloping surfaces slanting away from the vehicle (such as a rise in grade alongside the highway) with a slope that is less than 45 degrees above the horizontal. See Figure 4.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Any surface slanting away from the vehicle that is 45 degrees or more and not more than 90 degrees above the horizontal, if all points on the surface are more than 15 feet (4.6m) above the surface of the traveled lane of the highway. See Figure 5.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Any standing water.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>The operator, a witness, or trainee. The operator, witness, or trainee shall be positioned behind the microphone but no closer than two feet to the microphone.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <aftertext>Figure 4.</aftertext>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Roadway Surface Requirements. The traveled lane of the highway within the measurement site shall be dry, paved with relatively smooth concrete or asphalt, and substantially free of:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Holes or other defects which would cause a vehicle to emit irregular tire, body, or chassis impact noise; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Loose material such as gravel or sand.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Ambient Conditions for Moving Vehicles and Stationary Sites.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Sound. The ambient A-weighted sound level at the microphone location point may be measured, in the absence of motor vehicle noise emanating from within the clear zone, with fast meter response using a sound level measurement system that conforms to Regulation .10 of this chapter.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The measured ambient sound level shall be 10 dB(A) or more below that level specified in Regulation .04 of this chapter, Table 1, 2, or 3, which corresponds to the maximum permissible sound level reading which is applicable at the test site at the time of measurement.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Ambient sound levels need not be taken when a:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Moving vehicle measurement rises to a maximum of 10 dB or more above the measurement start; or</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Stationary vehicle measurement rises to a maximum of 10 dB or more above the measurement level before each of the 3 engine run-up sound level maximums.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Wind. The wind velocity at the site may be measured at the beginning of each series of noise measurements and at intervals of 5—15 minutes thereafter until it has been established that the wind velocity is essentially constant. Once this fact has been established, wind velocity measurements may be made at hourly intervals. Testing can be done if velocity is 12 mph (19.3kph) or less, but gust winds up to 20 mph (33.2kph) are allowed.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Precipitation. Measurements are prohibited under any conditions of precipitation; however, measurements may be made with snow on the ground. The ground surface within the measurement area shall be free of standing water.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Reflecting Surfaces within Measurement Sites for Moving Vehicles with a GVWR or GCWR of 10,000 Pounds or Less and Motorcycles.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Measurements made at sites with sound reflecting surfaces located behind the microphone line or beyond the vehicle fore and aft center line and outside the triangular measurement area shall be adjusted by the factors in Table 4. If the reflecting surfaces are both behind the microphone and beyond the vehicle, they are additive. Measurements may not be made when a sound reflecting surface is less than 25 feet from the microphone or vehicle or when there are more than two reflecting surfaces within a site.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Tables. The following tables are used for noise measurement site adjustments:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Table 1.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Table 2.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Table 3.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Table 4.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".09" heading="Site Requirements Stationary Tests — Other Vehicles.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>10,000 Pounds or Less GVWR or GCWR. The same procedures as described in Regulation .05B of this chapter are used.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Motorcycles. The same procedures as described in Regulation .05B of this chapter are used.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".10" heading="Sound Level Measurement Equipment.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Sound Level Meter. A precision sound level meter meeting all the requirements of American National Standards Specification for Sound Level Meters ANSI S1.4—1971, or later revision, for a type 1 or a type S-1A instrument shall be used. The sound level meter shall be calibrated and certified annually with a method traceable to the U.S. National Bureau of Standards to verify its performance within design tolerances.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Acoustical Calibrator.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>An acoustical calibrator of the microphone coupler-type shall be used for calibration of the sound level meter. The frequency of the calibration signal shall be 1000 Hz, ±5 percent.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The calibrator shall be adjusted and certified annually with a method traceable to the U.S. National Bureau of Standards to verify its correct performance within ±0.5 dB.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Microphone Windscreen.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A windscreen of the type recommended by noise meter manufacturers shall be used for all measurements to protect from wind noise. Installation of the windscreen may not cause a change in the sensitivity of more than ±.05 dB in the frequency range from 50 Hz to 5KHz or more then ±2 dB in the frequency range from 5 KHz.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>It is sufficient that this compliance be demonstrated only at the annual system calibration and certification.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Anemometer. An anemometer, which has a steady-state accuracy within ±10 percent of any reading above 10 mpg (16 km/h), may be used to determine the wind velocity prevalent at the time of measurement.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".11" heading="Sound Level Equipment Operation for Measuring Vehicle Noise.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The microphone of a sound level measurement system for all moving vehicle measurements for vehicles over 10,000 pounds GVWR and GCWR shall be located at a height of not less than 2 feet (.6m) or more than 6 feet (1.8m) above the plane of the roadway surface and not less than 3-1/2 feet (1.1m) above the surface on which the microphone stands. The preferred microphone height on flat terrain is 4 feet (1.2m).</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Stationary Vehicle Measurements for All Vehicles.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>10,000 or less GVWR or GCWR. The same procedures as described in Regulation .05B of this chapter are used.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Motorcycles. The same procedure as described in Regulation .05B of this chapter are used.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Microphone Orientation. The microphone shall be pointed approximately straight upward so that the vehicle noise reaching the microphone from any point within the measurement site strikes the microphone at grazing incidence (parallel to the microphone diaphragm).</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Meter Operation.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The sound level meter shall be operated according to the manufacturer's instructions and this section.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The meter shall be set for A-weighting and fast response.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>The sound level meter shall be calibrated with the acoustic calibrator before the start of use and then at approximately 1 hour intervals when the instrument is in use.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>The operator may not stand at any point in the measurement site that lies on a line passing through the vehicle and the microphone. An operator, witness, or trainee may be positioned behind the microphone but no closer than 2 feet from the microphone.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Background Sound Level. The sound level, including that from other vehicles, wind effects, and all other sources of noise except the vehicle being measured, shall be at least 10 dB lower than the maximum sound level of the vehicle at the time of the measurement.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>Meter Reading. The sound level reading of a moving vehicle or a stationary vehicle shall be at the highest reading observed for each measurement period.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".12" heading="Records.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The operator shall keep written and signed records on prescribed forms.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>The forms shall include at least the following:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Location of measurement site and posted speed, if applicable;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Date and time of day of the measurements;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Name of operator making the measurements;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Identifying numbers of measurement equipment; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>For every violation observed, a description of vehicle, the lane of operation (except for stationary vehicle measurements), the sound level reading as defined in this chapter, the maximum permitted sound level, the time, the enforcement action taken if any, wind speed, calibration times, and any other information deemed necessary.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".13" heading="Sound Level Limits.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>A person may not sell, offer for sale, distribute, or lease a new motor vehicle that produces a sound level that exceeds the sound level limit specified in Table 5 for the category of vehicle when measured under the moving vehicle test site procedures established by Regulation .14 of this chapter. Compliance with the sound level limits established in this chapter may not be construed as limiting or precluding the enforcement of other regulations establishing maximum sound levels under approved test procedures.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Table 5.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".14" heading="New Motor Vehicles.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>All moving vehicle tests shall be conducted in accordance with the recommended practices referenced in §§B, C, and D of this regulation. All stationary vehicle tests shall be in accordance with the recommended practices of ISO 5130 1982 E.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>The maximum sound emission test procedure for vehicles having a GVWR GCWR in excess of 10,000 pounds shall be that contained in the SAE Standard J986b, Exterior Sound Level for Heavy Trucks and Buses, except buses with automatic transmissions that cannot be manually held in gear. These vehicles shall be tested according to a modified J366 test which results in achieving the transmission shift from 1st to 2nd gear in the end zone during wide open throttle acceleration from a standing start.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>For 1983 and subsequent model year street motorcycles manufactured after December 31, 1982, the test shall be that contained in Appendix I Subparts D and E, Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 205 (40 CFR 205).</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>The maximum sound emission test procedure for vehicles having a GVWR or GCWR of 10,000 pounds or less shall be that contained in SAE Standard J876b, Sound Level for Passenger Cars and Light Trucks.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Deviation from ISO and SAE Standards and Practices.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The Administration considers ISO 5130 1982 E and SAE standards and recommended practices to contain minimum requirements. In conducting tests in compliance with these procedures, the Administration may deviate from the literal requirements when it appears that the integrity of the test methods can be better preserved.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Using instrumentation having greater precision or adding additional equipment to provide more accuracy in determining test conditions, and reducing the presence of objects in the test zone are examples of deviations from the referenced texts.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>The appendices attached to the referenced texts contain recommended sound level limits that are not appropriate to this regulation and are therefore deleted.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".15" heading="Manufacturer's Certification.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Each vehicle manufacturer or distributor of vehicles of a type subject to this chapter, that are to be sold or distributed in this State, shall certify to the Administrator that all vehicles to be sold or distributed are in compliance with the provisions of this chapter.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>The certification shall be:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Filed annually;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Filed before the date of introduction of a new model; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Accompanied by a list of models of the same model year that are available outside of this State that do not comply with the provisions of this chapter.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Supplemental certifications are required before the date of introduction for new models introduced during the current model year.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <annotations>
      <annotation type="Authority">Transportation Article, §§12-104(b), 22-601, 22-603, 22-605, 22-607, 22-608, 22-610, Annotated Code of Maryland</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Effective date:</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulations .01A, .02B, C, E, .03, and .04 adopted effective October 1, 1975 (2:22 Md. R. 1370)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulations .01B, .05—.08 adopted effective December 24, 1975 (2:29 Md. R. 1741)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulations .01C, .02, .09—.11 adopted effective October 1, 1975 (2:22 Md. R. 1371)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulations .07, .09, and .11 amended effective November 11, 1977 (4:24 Md. R. 1806)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter revised effective April 9, 1984 (11:7 Md. R. 626)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Annotation: COMAR 11.14.05 cited in Attorney General Opinion No. 83-025 (June 15, 1983)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">COMAR 11.14.05 Noise Abatement Program recodified to COMAR 11.14.07</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter revised effective April 17, 2000 (27:7 Md. R. 706)</annotation>
    </annotations>
  </chapter>
  <chapter num="08" heading="Vehicle Emissions Inspection Program">
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".01" heading="Scope and Applicability.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Scope. The Vehicle Emissions Inspection Program requires all subject vehicles to be inspected biennially as scheduled by the Administration.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Applicability.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Unless exempt under Regulation .04 of this chapter, a vehicle is subject to the provisions of this chapter if it is:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Registered within the emissions inspection area;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Owned or leased by a federal, State, or local government, and assigned and operated within the emissions inspection area for more than 60 days in a calendar year; or</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Owned or leased by an employee of the federal government, and operated on any property or facility owned by the federal government within the emissions inspection area for more than 60 days in a calendar year.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Table 1. Test Procedure Applicability.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".02" heading="Incorporation by Reference.">
      <text>In this chapter, the following documents are incorporated by reference:</text>
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C §7521, §7541, and §7545, as amended;</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>40 CFR §85.1902(d), as amended;</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>40 CFR §85.2207, as amended;</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>40 CFR §85.2222, as amended;</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>40 CFR §85.2231, as amended;</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>40 CFR Part 51, Subpart S, as amended; and</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>42 U.S.C. §9902(2), as amended.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".03" heading="Definitions.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>In this chapter, the following terms have the meanings indicated.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Terms Defined.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>“Administration” means the Maryland Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Administration.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>“ASE” means the National Institute for Automotive Service Excellence.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>“Audit” means a periodic quality assurance check, performed by the Administration or the Department, on equipment, records, and personnel regulated under this chapter.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>“Auditor” means an employee or designee of the Administration or the Department who performs audits.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>“Certificate” means a vehicle inspection report issued electronically or on paper by the  Administration or a designee of the Administration, which certifies that a vehicle has undergone an emissions inspection</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>“Certified emissions repair facility” means a business certified by the Department which:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Engages in emissions-related repairs to vehicles; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Meets the requirements of  Regulation .19 of this chapter.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>“Contractor” means a business under contract with the State to operate and manage the vehicle emissions inspection program.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>“Date of scheduled inspection” means a specific date, as assigned by the Administration, by which a vehicle shall be inspected.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(9)">
          <text>“Dealer” means a person licensed under Transportation Article, §15-302, Annotated Code of Maryland.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(10)">
          <text>“Department” means the Maryland Department of the Environment.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(11)">
          <text>“Emissions control device” means a design element or device installed on a motor vehicle by the vehicle manufacturer to comply with the standards of the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §7521, including, but not limited to, the oxygen sensor, catalytic converter, the fuel inlet restrictor; and devices integral to the:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>On-board diagnostics system;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) system;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Evaporative emissions control system;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) system;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>Air injection system;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(f)">
            <text>Fuel metering system; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(g)">
            <text>Ignition system.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(12)">
          <text>“Emissions inspection area” means Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Calvert, Carroll, Cecil, Charles, Frederick, Harford, Howard, Montgomery, Prince George's, Queen Anne's, and Washington counties, and Baltimore City.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(13)">
          <text>“Emissions-related recall” means a manufacturer plan to remedy vehicle emissions-related defects or nonconformity with new vehicle emissions standards through either a voluntary emissions recall as defined in 40 CFR §85.1902(d), or a remedial plan determination made pursuant to the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §7541.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(14)">
          <text>“Emissions-related repair” means the inspection, adjustment, repair, or replacement of motor vehicle engine systems, subsystems, or components necessary to bring a vehicle into compliance with the emissions standards set forth in this chapter.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(15)">
          <text>“Emissions standard” means a requirement that relates to the operation or maintenance of a motor vehicle to ensure continuous emissions reduction.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(16)">
          <text>“Fail certificate” means a certificate which indicates that a vehicle is not in compliance with an emissions inspection standard.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(17)">
          <text>“Fleet inspection station” means an establishment licensed by the Department to perform certain emissions inspections.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(18)">
          <text>“Initial inspection” means the first inspection of a vehicle in an inspection cycle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(19)">
          <text>“Inspection cycle” means an approximate 2-year period which begins with the date of scheduled inspection.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(20)">
          <text>“Inspector” means a person authorized to perform official vehicle emissions inspections under this chapter.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(21)">
          <text>“Master certified emissions technician” means an individual who meets the provisions of  Regulation .18 of this chapter.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(22)">
          <text>“Misfueling” means the introduction of improper fuel into a vehicle as prohibited under the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §7545.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(23)">
          <text>“Model year” means the vehicle model year as designated by the manufacturer or the model year designated by the Administration for a vehicle constructed by other than the original manufacturer.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(24)">
          <text>“Motor vehicle” has the meaning stated in Transportation Article, §11-135, Annotated Code of Maryland.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(25)">
          <text>"Motorist assistance center” means a resource center operated by the contractor that provides technical emissions-related repair guidance to motorists and vehicle repair technicians.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(26)">
          <text>“On-board diagnostics” means an emissions control diagnostics system installed on a vehicle as required by the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §7521(m), which identifies deterioration or malfunction of vehicle systems and stores the information for retrieval.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(27)">
          <text>“Pass certificate” means a certificate which indicates that a vehicle is in compliance with all applicable emissions standards.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(28)">
          <text>“Recognized repair technician” means a person who:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Performs vehicle repairs as a profession, or is certified as a master certified emissions technician under this chapter; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Is employed at a facility whose purpose is vehicle repair.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(29)">
          <text>“Registered gross vehicle weight” means the total vehicle weight including load as designated on the vehicle registration record of the Administration.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(30)">
          <text>“Vehicle” means motor vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(31)">
          <text>“Vehicle emissions inspection station” means a facility approved by the Administration to conduct emissions inspections pursuant to this chapter.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(32)">
          <text>“Waiver” means a determination made by the Administration or a designee of the Administration that the provisions set forth in Regulation .07 of this chapter have been met.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(33)">
          <text>“Zero-emission vehicle” has the meaning stated in Transportation Article, §23-206.4, Annotated Code of Maryland.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".04" heading="Exemptions.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The vehicles in §B of this regulation are exempt from the provisions of this chapter.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Exempt vehicles include the following vehicles:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A zero-emission vehicle;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A fire or rescue apparatus or ambulance, owned or leased by a state or local government, by a rescue squad, or by a volunteer fire or ambulance company, registered as an emergency vehicle as defined in Transportation Article, §11-118, Annotated Code of Maryland;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>A vehicle registered as a Class D motorcycle;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>A vehicle registered as a Class E truck with a registered gross vehicle weight greater than 26,000 pounds;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>A vehicle registered as a Class E farm truck;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>A vehicle registered as a Class F truck tractor;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>A vehicle registered as a Class F farm truck tractor;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>A vehicle registered as a Class H school vehicle;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(9)">
          <text>A vehicle registered as a Class K farm area vehicle;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(10)">
          <text>A vehicle registered as a Class L historic vehicle;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(11)">
          <text>A vehicle registered as a Class N street rod vehicle;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(12)">
          <text>A vehicle registered as a Class P passenger bus;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(13)">
          <text>A vehicle registered as a Class R low speed vehicle;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(14)">
          <text>A vehicle powered solely by electricity or diesel fuel;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(15)">
          <text>A vehicle with a gross vehicle weight of 8,500 pounds or less and of model year earlier than 1996; or</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(16)">
          <text>A military vehicle owned by the federal government and used for tactical, combat, or relief operations, or for training for these operations.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".05" heading="Schedule of the Program.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The owner of a nonexempt vehicle shall present the vehicle for a biennial inspection as scheduled by the Administration.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Schedule for Vehicle Inspection.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The Administration shall assign each vehicle required to be inspected a date of scheduled inspection for each inspection cycle, and shall send a notice to the vehicle owner before the assigned date.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A vehicle owner shall present the vehicle for a scheduled inspection after receipt of notification, but not later than the date of scheduled inspection.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Unscheduled Inspection.</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>A new resident of Maryland who owns a vehicle for which a date of scheduled inspection has not been established by the Administration, and who chooses to have the vehicle inspected before titling and registration of the vehicle, may present the vehicle for inspection without notification, and the date the vehicle is initially inspected becomes the date of scheduled inspection.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>An existing resident who wishes to change a date of a scheduled inspection may request that the Administration change the scheduled date.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>The Administration shall have sole discretion in granting a request under §B(3)(b) of this regulation.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>A vehicle that is registered out-of-State or a federal government vehicle may be presented for inspection as required by the state or the federal government, and an unscheduled inspection will be performed.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>New Vehicles.  For a vehicle that has not been previously titled or registered in any jurisdiction and for which the ownership document is a manufacturer's certificate of origin, the Administration shall assign a date of scheduled inspection which is at least 72 months after the model year of the vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Change of Address.</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Transportation Article, §13-414, Annotated Code of Maryland, requires the owner of a vehicle to notify the Administration of a change of address within 30 days of the change. For purposes of this subsection, the term “address” means the bona fide domicile of the vehicle owner, as defined in COMAR 11.11.06.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>If a vehicle owner moves from an address outside of the emissions inspection area to an address within the emissions inspection area, the Administration shall establish a date of scheduled inspection.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>Transfer of Ownership. If a vehicle undergoes transfer of ownership within the emissions inspection area, the Administration shall establish a date of scheduled inspection upon vehicle registration.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>Out-of-State Vehicles. Unless otherwise exempt, a vehicle which has been previously titled or registered in a jurisdiction outside Maryland shall be assigned a date of scheduled inspection upon registration in the emissions inspection area.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Compliance With Emissions-Related Recalls.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The owner of a vehicle scheduled for inspection under this chapter shall have vehicle repairs performed as required by an emissions-related recall notice before presenting the vehicle for inspection.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A vehicle found not to have had repairs performed as required by an emissions-related recall notice shall be rejected from inspection. The vehicle owner shall demonstrate compliance to the satisfaction of the Administration before the vehicle is inspected.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Reinspection.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The owner of a vehicle which has failed an inspection shall present the vehicle for reinspection on or before the date of scheduled inspection or, if applicable, the extension expiration date and after emissions-related repairs have been performed on the vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The vehicle owner shall provide documentation, in a form prescribed by the Administration, indicating all of the following information for the vehicle:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>The emissions-related repairs which were performed;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>By whom the emissions-related repairs were performed; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Any emissions-related repairs recommended by the repair technician which were not performed.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>A vehicle presented for reinspection without the documentation required in §D(2) of this regulation shall be rejected from reinspection.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Rejection from Inspection or Reinspection. Rejection from inspection or reinspection does not alter the schedule for vehicle inspection specified in §§A and B of this regulation.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".06" heading="Certificates.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>General Requirements. During each inspection cycle, a vehicle inspected under this chapter shall be issued a certificate that indicates the inspection status of the vehicle for the inspection cycle in a manner prescribed by the Administration.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Pass Certificate. If a vehicle meets all applicable standards during an inspection, the vehicle is considered to be in compliance for the assigned inspection cycle, and shall be issued a pass certificate which includes a statement certifying that the inspection was performed in accordance with the provisions of this chapter.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Fail Certificate. If a vehicle does not meet all applicable standards during an inspection, the vehicle is considered not to be in compliance and  shall be issued a fail certificate which includes the following information:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The type of failure and the reason for failure; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A statement indicating any availability of warranty coverage as provided by the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §7541.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".07" heading="Waivers.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>General Requirements. A waiver is valid until the next date of scheduled inspection.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Repair Waiver.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The owner of a vehicle for which a fail certificate has been issued may apply to the Administration for a waiver from inspection standards for the assigned inspection cycle if all of the following requirements are met:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>All applicable warranty coverage has been used, or the vehicle manufacturer or a dealer has issued written denial of the warranty coverage provided for vehicles by the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §7541;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>The vehicle has received emissions-related repairs appropriate to the cause of inspection failure, and the repairs have been performed by a recognized repair technician;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Emissions control devices have not been tampered with or removed, and the vehicle has not been misfueled; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>The owner satisfies the requirements of State law, except for provisions which are superseded by federal law.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The vehicle owner shall submit proof of expenditures for repairs with the waiver application in a form and content acceptable to the Administration. Repair costs, including parts and labor, are limited to only those repairs necessary to bring the vehicle into compliance with applicable emissions standards, and do not include costs:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Determined to be necessary to correct tampering with or the removal of an emissions control device, or to repair damage resulting from misfueling; or</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Associated with the repair or replacement of the exhaust system or any of its components.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>The Administration or the contractor shall evaluate each waiver application, examine the vehicle for verification of repairs and the presence of required emissions control devices, and may issue a waiver if the provisions of this chapter are met.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>The Administration or the contractor may require approval by the motorist assistance center prior to issuing a waiver.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>The Administration may grant a time extension to a waiver applicant so that additional repairs may be obtained, or to adequately evaluate and verify the contents of the waiver application.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Senior Citizens.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A waiver may be granted to a vehicle owner who is 70 years of age or older at the time of the scheduled inspection for a vehicle that is driven 5,000 miles or less per year.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>In the case of more than one owner of a vehicle, all owners listed on the vehicle title must meet the age requirement.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>All information provided by the vehicle owner is subject to verification by the Administration.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Disabled Persons.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A waiver may be granted to the owner of a vehicle for which special registration plates have been issued under Transportation Article, §13-616, Annotated Code of Maryland, and which is driven 5,000 miles or less per year.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>In the case of more than one owner of a vehicle, all owners listed on the vehicle title must meet the disability requirements.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>All information provided by the vehicle owner is subject to verification by the Administration.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Deployed Military Personnel.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A waiver may be granted to a vehicle owner who is an active duty member of the armed services of the United States if the following requirements are met:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>The vehicle owner has received military orders:</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>For deployment outside the United States; or</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>To a duty station in a jurisdiction that is not subject to a vehicle emissions control inspection and maintenance program.</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>All owners listed on the vehicle title have certified that at least one owner of the vehicle has met the criteria of §E(1)(a) of this regulation.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>All information provided by the vehicle owner is subject to verification by the Administration.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".08" heading="Extensions.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The Administration may grant a time extension for a vehicle owner to comply with the requirements of this chapter. An extension may be granted only if the Administration determines that the vehicle owner has made efforts to have the vehicle inspected or repaired and circumstances have developed which are beyond the reasonable control of the vehicle owner. An extension shall be of the shortest duration possible, as determined by the Administration.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>The Administration may grant a time extension for a vehicle registered in the emissions inspection area but operated in or assigned to an area outside of the emissions inspection area. The vehicle owner shall present the vehicle for inspection upon its return to the emissions inspection area.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Economic Hardship. The Administration may grant a time extension, not to exceed the period of the inspection cycle, to a motorist to obtain needed repairs on a vehicle in the case of economic hardship. The vehicle owner shall submit documentation, subject to verification by the Administration, that all vehicle owners listed on the vehicle title meet the Federal Poverty Level Guidelines as updated annually in the Federal Register by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services under authority of 42 U.S.C. §9902(2).</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".09" heading="Enforcement.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The requirements of this chapter relating to vehicle inspection shall be enforced by the Administration through the use of administrative sanctions in the form of:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Suspension of vehicle registration;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Denial of vehicle registration renewal; or</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Confiscation of the vehicle registration plates.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>If the vehicle is not issued a pass certificate, a waiver, or an extension on or before the date of scheduled inspection or, if applicable, the extension expiration date, a notice of suspension of registration shall be forwarded to the vehicle owner of record by the Administration. The notice shall:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Contain vehicle identification information and a suspension date which is at least 15 days after the date of the notice; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Provide a means for the owner to resolve, to the satisfaction of the Administration, any issues so that the Administration may cancel the impending suspension.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Suspension.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>If the issues which led to the notice of suspension of registration are not resolved before the suspension date, the vehicle registration shall be suspended and the owner shall forward the vehicle registration plates to the Administration.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>If the vehicle owner fails to comply with the suspension, the Administration may issue an order to confiscate the vehicle registration plates.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>If the vehicle registration is suspended and a pass certificate, a waiver, or an extension has not been issued, the vehicle registration remains suspended and subsequent renewal of registration shall be denied until the vehicle is in compliance with the requirements of this chapter.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".10" heading="Test Standards.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Idle Exhaust Emissions Test.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A vehicle shall fail if sample dilution occurs.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Hydrocarbon (HC) and carbon monoxide (CO) emissions may not exceed the following values:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Table 2. Gross vehicle weight greater than 8,500 pounds but less than or equal to 10,000 pounds.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Table 3. Gross vehicle weight greater than 10,000 pounds:</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Gas Cap Leak Test.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A vehicle shall fail if the gas cap is missing, broken, or the wrong style for the vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The gas cap leak rate may not exceed 60 cubic centimeters per minute at a pressure of 30 inches of water column.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>On-Board Diagnostics Test.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A vehicle shall fail if a component of the on-board diagnostics system is missing or damaged.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Standards for the on-board diagnostics test are specified in 40 CFR §85.2207 and 40 CFR §85.2222.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".11" heading="General Requirements for Inspection and Preparation for Inspection">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Emissions Related Recall. An inspector shall reject from inspection a vehicle which has not had repairs performed as required by an emissions-related recall notice, as specified in Regulation .05C of this chapter.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Vehicle Preparation.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Before vehicle inspection, the inspector shall visually check the vehicle for a condition which has potential to cause injury, damage the inspection station or the test equipment, or invalidate the inspection, including, but not limited to:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Overheating;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Leaks of coolant, oil, or fuel;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Visible tailpipe emissions other than steam; or</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>A missing, damaged, or leaking exhaust system.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>If an unsafe condition or an exhaust leak is found, the inspector shall reject the vehicle from testing. If an unsafe condition develops during a test, the inspector shall abort the inspection.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>The inspector shall ensure that all vehicle accessories are turned off.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".12" heading="Test Equipment and Test Procedures.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Idle Exhaust Emissions Test.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Test Equipment. Idle exhaust emission test equipment shall be approved by the Administration and the Department.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Test Procedures.</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>The inspector shall fail the vehicle if sample dilution occurs.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Except as provided in §A(2)(a) of this regulation, the inspector shall conduct the idle exhaust emissions test in accordance with the procedures specified in 40 CFR Part 51, Subpart S.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Catalytic Converter Check. If the vehicle is required to be equipped with a catalytic converter, the inspector shall check for the presence of the catalytic converter, and fail the vehicle if a catalytic converter is not present.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Gas Cap Leak Test.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Test Equipment. Gas cap leak test equipment shall be approved by the Administration and the Department.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Test Procedures. The inspector shall remove the gas cap from the vehicle, attach the gas cap to the test equipment, perform the leak test, return the gas cap to the vehicle, and properly tighten the gas cap on the vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>On-Board Diagnostics Test.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Test Equipment. On-board diagnostics test equipment shall:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Be approved by the Administration and the Department; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Meet the requirements and functions specified in 40 CFR §85.2231.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Test Procedures.</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>The inspector shall fail the vehicle if a component of the on-board diagnostics system is missing or damaged.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Except as provided in §D(2)(a) of this regulation, the inspector shall conduct the on-board diagnostics test following the test procedure specified by the equipment manufacturer, and in accordance with the procedures specified in 40 CFR §85.2222.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".13" heading="Failed Vehicle and Reinspection Procedures.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Failed Vehicle. The contractor shall provide information as to the reason for the vehicle failure to the operator of a failed vehicle</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>The contractor or the Administration may refer the vehicle operator to the motorist assistance center.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Reinspection.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The inspector shall reject from reinspection a vehicle:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>For which the documentation required in Regulation .05D(2) of this chapter is not provided; or</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Which had failed with an on-board diagnostics fault code related to the catalyst or evaporative emissions control system, and the applicable readiness monitor is not set.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The inspector shall collect the documentation required in Regulation .05D(2) of this chapter from the operator of each vehicle which is reinspected.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>For reinspection, the inspector shall perform the same inspection procedures as the initial inspection and apply the same inspection standards.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".14" heading="Quality Assurance and Maintenance.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The Contractor shall develop, maintain, and modify as required by the Administration and the Department a comprehensive quality assurance and maintenance plan for vehicle emissions inspection stations complying with the provisions of this chapter, and shall implement the quality assurance plan after approval of the plan by the Administration and the Department.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>The contractor shall include the following information in the quality assurance plan:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Test assurance procedures to be conducted by the contractor for each test;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Periodic quality assurance check procedures and precision check procedures to be conducted by the contractor on the test equipment;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>For each test assurance procedure, periodic quality assurance check, and precision check conducted by the contractor, the:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Primary standard to which each instrument, device, or material used for a check is traceable,</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Acceptable tolerance for each check,</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Corrective action to be taken for a check result outside of the acceptable tolerance, and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Recheck procedure to follow corrective action;</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Maintenance procedures to be conducted by the contractor on the test equipment, which follow the equipment manufacturers' specifications at a minimum; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Record-keeping practices to be conducted by the contractor.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>If a test assurance procedure is failed, the contractor shall record the event and void the test.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>If a periodic quality assurance check or precision check is failed, the contractor shall record the event, automatically prevent official testing, and take immediate corrective action.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Maintenance Log.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The contractor shall keep a maintenance log for each test system, in a form which has been approved by the Administration and the Department, and shall record each maintenance event in the log.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Failure of the contractor to properly maintain equipment or to properly keep a maintenance log may be cause for the Administration or the Department to suspend official testing until the contractor takes corrective action which has been approved by the Administration or the Department.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>The contractor shall keep each maintenance log for the duration of the vehicle emissions inspection program unless otherwise directed by the Department.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>The contractor shall allow access to inspection equipment, personnel, and records for Administration or Department personnel to perform quality assurance audits. Failure of a quality assurance audit may be cause for the Administration or the Department to suspend official testing until the contractor takes corrective action which has been approved by the Administration or the Department.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".15" heading="Vehicle Emissions Inspection Station.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>General Requirements.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The contractor shall make available to the Administration or the Department, as required, vehicle emissions inspection station equipment and personnel to perform quality assurance checks and program evaluation functions.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The contractor shall collect, maintain, and make available to the Administration and the Department, as required, inspection data and inspection station operation data in compliance with the provisions of this chapter.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Fees.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The fee established in COMAR 11.11.05 shall be paid during or before an initial inspection or a second or subsequent reinspection.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The late fee established in COMAR 11.11.05 shall be paid during or before an initial inspection or reinspection performed after the date of scheduled inspection, or if applicable, after the extension expiration date.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>The fee established in COMAR 11.11.05 shall be paid during or before an inspection performed but not required under this chapter.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>The contractor shall accept payment of inspection, reinspection, and late fees in cash or personal check, or with a major credit card which has been approved for use by the Administration.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".16" heading="Inspector Training and Performance Review.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Inspector Training.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The contractor shall develop, maintain, and modify, as required by the Administration and the Department, an inspector training program to include both classroom and hands-on training, with provisions for initial and periodic in-service training.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The contractor shall use the training program after the program has been approved by the Administration and the Department.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>The contractor shall provide training that meets the provisions of this chapter to each inspector before the inspector may perform inspections.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>The contractor shall provide periodic in-service inspector training over a period established by the Administration and the Department.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Inspector Performance.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The performance of an inspector may be periodically reviewed by the Administration and the Department, either overtly or covertly.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Correction.</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>The contractor shall ensure that any failure of an inspector at a vehicle emissions inspection station to adequately implement the provisions of this chapter is corrected.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Correction may include retraining or dismissal of the inspector.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".17" heading="Vehicle Data for Vehicle Repair Assistance.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The contractor shall issue a report containing information on test results of a vehicle which has failed an emissions inspection to an individual seeking to have repairs performed on the vehicle.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>The contractor shall:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Make the report available electronically to vehicle owners, certified emissions repair facilities, and master certified emissions technicians; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Provide read-only, convenient, and standardized access.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>The contractor shall include information specified by the Administrator and the Department in the report.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".18" heading="Master Certified Emissions Technician.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Initial Application and Certification.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>To qualify for certification, an individual shall:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Successfully complete an orientation course approved by the Department;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Demonstrate 5 years of full-time employment experience as an automotive technician performing emissions-related repairs on on-road vehicles, except that an individual with 2 full years of full-time education related to the repair of on-road vehicles need only demonstrate 4 years of the required employment; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Possess all of the following current, valid ASE certifications:</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>Electrical Systems (A-6),</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>Engine Performance (A-8), and</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(iii)">
              <text>Advanced Engine Performance Specialist (L-1).</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>An individual qualifying for certification may submit an application to the Department. Upon approval of the application, the Department shall provide documentation of certification. Certification is valid through the earliest of the following dates:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>The expiration date of the individual's ASE Electrical Systems (A-6) certification;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>The expiration date of the individual's ASE Engine Performance (A-8) certification; or</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>The expiration date of the individual's ASE Advanced Engine Performance Specialist (L-1) certification.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Certification Renewal.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>An individual with current, valid certification may apply for certification renewal within 60 days before certification expiration.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>To renew a certification, an individual shall:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Submit an application to the Department; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Possess current, valid applicable ASE certifications as required in §A of this regulation.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Certification renewed under this section is valid through the applicable date defined in §A of this regulation.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Suspension, Revocation, and Denial of Certification.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The Department may suspend, revoke, or deny renewal of a certification if the certified individual:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Knowingly communicates any false, inaccurate, or misleading information to any person or in any certificate, record, or document regarding the vehicle emissions inspection program;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Fraudulently or deceptively obtains or attempts to obtain a certification; or</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Fails an audit under this regulation.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>An individual whose certification has been suspended may be subject to:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Additional training or testing as approved by the Department before the certification is reinstated; or</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Revocation of a certification for which suspension has exceeded 6 months.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>An individual whose certification has been revoked may reapply for certification according to the procedures of §A of this regulation, if:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>At least 90 days have elapsed since the revocation; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>The individual has taken corrective action approved by the Department.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Performance Audit. The Department shall conduct an audit of the performance of a master certified emissions technician periodically. The audit shall include an evaluation of vehicle repair history.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".19" heading="Certified Emissions Repair Facility.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Initial Application and Certification. To qualify for certification, a person shall:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Submit an application to the Department;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Maintain a repair facility capable of making emissions-related adjustments and repairs;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Possess all required equipment as listed in §C of this regulation;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Pass an audit as defined in §F of this regulation; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Employ all required personnel as listed in §D of this regulation.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Suspension, Revocation, and Denial of Certification.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The Department may suspend, revoke, or deny a certification under any of the following conditions:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>False, inaccurate, or misleading information is knowingly communicated to any person or in any certificate, record, or document regarding the vehicle emissions inspection program;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Certification is obtained, or attempted to be obtained, fraudulently or deceptively;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>An audit under §F of this regulation is failed; or</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Evidence is exhibited that vehicles repaired by the facility under this chapter have repeatedly failed reinspections.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The Department may reinstate a suspended certification upon the resumption of compliance by the facility with the requirements of this chapter.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Upon revocation of certification a person shall, within 10 business days, return to the Department all materials which were issued as a result of the certification, including any signs and documents, and remove any other materials which may lead the public to believe that the facility continues to be certified.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>A person whose certification has been revoked may reapply for certification according to the procedures of §A of this regulation if:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>At least 90 days have elapsed since the revocation; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Corrective action approved by the Department has been taken.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Equipment and Tool Requirements. A certified emissions repair facility shall possess and update as required diagnostic equipment and tools as specified by the Department, including but not limited to:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Emissions diagnostic and repair information for affected model year vehicles;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A scan tool to extract fault codes from any vehicle equipped with on-board diagnostics;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>A multimeter;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>A fuel or hydraulic pressure gauge;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>A vacuum gauge;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>A vacuum pump; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>A compression tester or cylinder leak down tester.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Personnel Requirements.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A certified emissions repair facility shall ensure that only a master certified emissions technician diagnoses emissions-related faults, and supervises or performs emissions-related repairs and adjustments to bring vehicles into compliance with the provisions of this chapter.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A certified emissions repair facility shall employ at least one full-time master certified emissions technician at each certified emissions repair facility location and ensure that a master certified emissions technician:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Is routinely scheduled to work during the advertised operating hours of the facility; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Provides documentation, in a form prescribed by the Administration and the Department, on the vehicle repairs performed and certifies  that the repairs have been performed or supervised by a master certified emissions technician.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Equipment Quality Assurance. For all equipment required under this regulation, a certified emissions repair facility shall follow, at a minimum, the manufacturer's specifications for maintenance and calibration, and the procedures established by the Department.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>Audits.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A certified emissions repair facility shall allow access to Department personnel to conduct audits of the facility. Audits will be conducted at random and with no prior notification.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>An audit shall include:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>A review of vehicle repair history; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Checks of record-keeping, equipment, and compliance with personnel requirements.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Audit failure is cause for suspension, revocation, or denial of  facility certification.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>Record Keeping.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A certified emissions repair facility shall maintain the following records, separately and in chronological order, for a period of 3 years, at the facility or at an alternative location approved by the Department:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Records of quality assurance procedures in compliance with the provisions of this chapter; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Vehicle repair records.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A certified emissions repair facility shall make the records available for inspection or for duplication upon request of the Department.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".20" heading="Fleet Inspection Station.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Initial Application and Licensure.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A fleet inspection station license authorizes the licensee to inspect those vehicles that are part of the fleet designated by the licensee.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A person seeking licensure of an establishment as a fleet inspection station shall apply on forms provided by the Department.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>To qualify for licensure, an establishment shall comply with the following requirements:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Maintain a repair facility capable of making emissions-related adjustments and repairs;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Possess and update as required diagnostic equipment and tools as specified by the Department, including but not limited to:</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>Emissions diagnostic and repair information for affected model year vehicles;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>A multimeter;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(iii)">
              <text>A fuel or hydraulic pressure gauge;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(iv)">
              <text>A vacuum gauge;</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(v)">
              <text>A vacuum pump; and</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(vi)">
              <text>A compression tester or cylinder leak down tester.</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Allow access to Department personnel to perform quality assurance checks on equipment and personnel;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Employ at least one master certified emissions technician;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>Ensure that a master certified emissions technician performs all inspections, adjustments, and repairs required to bring vehicles into compliance with the provisions of this chapter; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(f)">
            <text>Ensure that each master certified emissions technician undergoes initial test equipment operation and maintenance training, and periodic re-training as required by the Department.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>License Suspension and Revocation.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The Department may suspend or revoke a license if the licensee:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Fraudulently or deceptively obtains a license;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Fails at any time to meet the qualifications for a license or to fulfill any requirement, procedure, or standard established in this chapter; or</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Fails an audit under §C of this regulation.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A licensee whose license has been suspended may be subject to additional personnel training or inspection as approved by the Department before the license is reinstated.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>A licensee whose license has been revoked may reapply if:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>At least 90 days have elapsed since the revocation; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>The licensee has taken corrective action approved by the Department.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Upon revocation of a license, a licensee shall deliver to the Department within 10 working days of the revocation all materials which were issued as a result of the licensing.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Audits.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A fleet inspection station shall allow access to Department personnel to conduct audits of the facility, equipment, and personnel.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Audits shall be conducted at random and with no prior notification.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>The Department may:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Monitor the emissions inspections conducted by a fleet inspection station;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Require re-inspection of a vehicle as a quality control or compliance measure; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Evaluate the ability of a master certified emissions technician to correctly perform an inspection.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Record-Keeping Requirements.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A fleet inspection station shall maintain the following records, separately and in chronological order, for a period of 3 years:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>One copy of each certificate issued to each vehicle inspected;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Records of quality assurance procedures performed in compliance with the provisions of this regulation;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Vehicle repair records; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>Additional vehicle test data as required by the Department.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>The records required in §D(1) of this regulation shall be made available for inspection upon the request of the Department.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Inspection Fees.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A fleet inspection station shall pay to the contractor the fee established in COMAR. 11.11.05.06 for each official test conducted by the fleet inspection station.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>A fleet inspection station shall pay to the contractor the fee specified in Regulation .15 of this chapter for an inspection or a reinspection conducted at a vehicle emissions inspection station.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>A fleet inspection station operated by the State or a county or local government is exempt from the fee in §E(1) of this regulation.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>Test Equipment and Test Procedures. A fleet inspection station shall:</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Own or lease test equipment provided by the contractor that meets the requirements of Regulation .12 of this chapter;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Provide the Internet and electrical connections needed to operate the test equipment and transmit required data to and from the contractor's central data system;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Operate the test equipment according to procedures specified by the Contractor and approved by the Department, using contractor supplied or approved consumables;</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Allow access to the test equipment for the contractor to perform service or upgrades as needed; and</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Acquire and maintain any additional equipment specified by the Department as necessary to adequately inspect vehicles.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>Quality Assurance and Maintenance.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>A fleet inspection station shall comply with the contractor's quality assurance and maintenance plan, including quality assurance and maintenance procedures conducted by the master certified emissions technician and the contractor.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>If the test equipment fails any quality assurance checks required under §G(1) of this regulation, the fleet inspection station may not conduct vehicle inspections until all quality assurance checks are subsequently passed.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <annotations>
      <annotation type="Authority">Environment Article, §§1-101, 1-404, 2-101—2-103, and 2-301—2-303;Transportation Article, §§12-104(b), 23-202(a), 23-206.2, 23-206.4, and 23-207; Annotated Code of Maryland</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Effective date: August 17, 1981 (8:16 Md. R. 1366)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulations .03B, .05—.09, .11—.16 amended effective September 26, 1983 (10:19 Md. R. 1691)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulations .03B, .08C, D, .09C, .15, and .16 amended effective December 5, 1983 (10:24 Md. R. 2190)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulations .02, .03, .05, .06, .08, .15, and .16 amended as an emergency provision effective January 25, 1989 (16:3 Md. R. 337) (Emergency provisions are temporary and not printed in COMAR)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulations .01—.16 repealed effective June 26, 1989 (16:10 Md. R. 1110)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Annotation: COMAR 11.14.06 cited in Attorney General Opinion No. 83-042 (September 28, 1983)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter recodified from COMAR 11.14.06 to COMAR 11.14.08 and Regulations .01—.21 adopted effective June 26, 1989 (16:10 Md. R. 1110)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .10B amended effective July 1, 1990 (17:10 Md. R. 1220)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .16E amended effective January 1, 1992 (18:25 Md. R. 2753)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .18C amended effective January 1, 1992 (18:25 Md. R. 2753)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulations .01—.21 repealed and new Regulations .01—.42 adopted effective January 2, 1995 (21:26 Md. R. 2189)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .03B amended and C adopted effective December 16, 1996 (23:25 Md. R. 1785)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .05B amended effective December 16, 1996 (23:25 Md. R. 1785)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .06D amended effective December 16, 1996 (23:25 Md. R. 1785)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .09 amended effective December 16, 1996 (23:25 Md. R. 1785)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .09-1 adopted effective December 16, 1996 (23:25 Md. R. 1785)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .10B, C amended effective December 16, 1996 (23:25 Md. R. 1785)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .11-1 adopted effective December 16, 1996 (23:25 Md. R. 1785)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .12 amended effective December 16, 1996 (23:25 Md. R. 1785)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .29A amended effective December 16, 1996 (23:25 Md. R. 1785)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .30D amended effective December 16, 1996 (23:25 Md. R. 1785)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .32 amended effective December 16, 1996 (23:25 Md. R. 1785)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .42 amended effective December 16, 1996 (23:25 Md. R. 1785)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter revised effective October 19, 1998 (25:21 Md. R. 1574)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .03E adopted effective June 10, 2002 (29:11 Md. R. 889)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .06A amended effective June 10, 2002 (29:11 Md. R. 889)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .09F amended effective June 10, 2002 (29:11 Md. R. 889)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .12C amended effective June 10, 2002 (29:11 Md. R. 889)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .16D amended effective June 10, 2002 (29:11 Md. R. 889)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter revised effective December 14, 2009 (36:25 Md. R. 1955)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .01B amended effective January 1, 2018 (44:25 Md. R. 1180)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .03B amended effective January 1, 2018 (44:25 Md. R. 1180)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .04B amended effective January 1, 2018 (44:25 Md. R. 1180)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .05B amended effective January 1, 2018 (44:25 Md. R. 1180)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulation .09A amended effective January 1, 2018 (44:25 Md. R. 1180)</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Chapter revised effective January 23, 2023 (50:1 Md. R. 8)</annotation>
    </annotations>
  </chapter>
  <chapter num="09" heading="Safety Standards for Low Speed Vehicles">
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".01" heading="Applicability.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The standards, requirements, and procedures set forth in this chapter are applicable to originally manufactured low speed vehicles with originally installed equipment or equipment manufactured and installed to meet the federal and State requirements for low speed vehicles. Any questions regarding low speed vehicle standards or specifications shall be referred to the Automotive Safety Enforcement Division of the Department of State Police.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>A low speed vehicle shall comply with federal standards under 49 CFR §571.500. A federal motor vehicle safety certification label shall be affixed to the vehicle identifying it as a “Low Speed Vehicle” for the regulations of this chapter to apply.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>The vehicle shall be equipped with the manufacturer's owner's/operator's manual at the time the vehicle is undergoing a State inspection. The vehicle owner or agent may be required to present to the inspection station any manufacturer's testing procedures or specifications required for inspection.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>It is recommended that the vehicle owner or agent, before presenting the vehicle for inspection, charge the battery systems as prescribed by the vehicle manufacturer to ensure the vehicle operates at peak efficiency to prevent unnecessary rejection of components due to a weak or low battery.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".02" heading="Incorporation by Reference.">
      <text>In this chapter, Surface Vehicle Standards for Low Speed Vehicles, SAE J2358 (Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., March 2002) is incorporated by reference.</text>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".03" heading="Performance.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Due to the vehicle's required speed limitations and the restricted highways where operation is permitted, a road test is not required. The vehicle, however, must be capable of moving under its own power in and out of the inspection area. The vehicle will be required to function as designed in all operational settings. Observe for any adverse steering, handling, or braking reactions.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".04" heading="Steering, Alignment, and Suspension.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Steering. Inspect the entire steering system including steering wheel, steering column, lash, linkage, free play, and power steering, if so equipped, for missing, loose, damaged, or worn parts.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Steering Wheel. The steering wheel shall be inspected to determine if it is circular (complete rim) and free of cracks, breaks, or objects that will interfere with the safe steering of the vehicle. The inspection must determine that the steering wheel is original equipment or equivalent, including diameter.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Steering Column. Inspection of steering column shall be made to determine if there are any missing, broken, or worn parts and if the column is securely attached to vehicle. If equipped with an energy absorbing steering column, inspect to determine if steering column is capable of functioning as designed and shows no indication of having been collapsed.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Lash.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Travel.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Linkage.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>Power Steering (If so equipped).</text>
        </paragraph>
        <aftertext>Linkage Play. Excessive free play causes wheel shimmy, erratic brake action, and steering control problems. Make sure any looseness detected is not wheel bearing free play.</aftertext>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Wheel Alignment.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Suspension. Inspect the suspension system for missing, broken, damaged, worn, rusted, or modified wheel bearings, ball joints, control arms, springs, torsion bars, or frame that would affect vehicle stability.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Frame/Unibody.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Ball Joints. In checking for motion of ball joints, check in accordance with manufacturer's procedures and specifications. When required for testing, a 12-inch to 18-inch pry bar shall be utilized which is sufficient to lift the weight of the wheel assembly and prevent excessive pressure or leverage resulting in a possible false reading.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Wheel Bearings. Wheel bearings worn or out of adjustment can cause wander, unequal brake action, and noise due to interference of parts.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>Springs and Torsion Bars. Loose, sagging, or broken springs or torsion bars, worn or deteriorated bushings, loose or extended shackles, and loose or mislocated U-bolts, suspension modifications, or broken center bolts, can cause vehicle handling instability and brake pull.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>Shock Absorbers and Struts.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".05" heading="Brakes.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Hydraulic System.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Tests and Visual Inspection Procedures. Results will indicate whether or not a vehicle has reasonably safe brakes at the time of inspection. These procedures are applicable to vehicles equipped with hand controls for the physically handicapped. If equipped with power assisted hydraulic brakes, system shall be functioning as designed.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>All four wheels shall be removed for brake inspection. Do not remove wheel cylinder dust boots for inspection. Leakage can be determined by pushing on the outside of the boot.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Drums and Discs.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>All four wheels shall be removed for brake inspection. On vehicles equipped with disc brakes some drag can be felt when turning the wheel and tire. This drag is not excessive if the wheel can be turned readily with one hand.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Linings and Pads. Remove all wheels and drum assemblies for inspection of linings on drum brakes. On vehicles equipped with disc brakes, only removal of the wheels is necessary.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Mechanical Linkage. Mechanical linkage includes the service brake mechanism, parking brake, and manual controls on vehicles equipped for physically handicapped persons.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>Power Assisted Brake Systems (If so equipped).</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="F.">
        <text>Parking Brake.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>Parking Brake Function. A positive locking brake shall be provided. It shall be either a hand or foot operated type mechanism as described in SAE J2358, which is incorporated by reference in Regulation .02 of this chapter.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>Any parking brake shall hold a stopped vehicle firmly on all normal road grades.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="G.">
        <text>Definitions.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>“Brake system” means a combination of one or more brakes and their related means of operation and control and is equipped with brakes acting on all wheels.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>“Emergency brake system” means a brake system used for retarding and stopping the vehicle in the event of a malfunction in the service brake system. This function may be performed by the parking brake system or by a portion of the service brake system, or by a separate brake system.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>“Parking brake system” means a brake system used to hold and maintain a vehicle in a stationary position with a positive mechanical means employed to hold the brake applied when the vehicle is unattended.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>“Pedal reserve”, as applied to hydraulic, mechanical, or power-assisted hydraulic brakes, means the amount of total pedal travel left in reserve when the pedal is depressed to the brake-applied position. The pedal reserve check is to ascertain the degree of the brake adjustment and to demonstrate satisfactory brake actuating system condition.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>“Service brake system” means a brake system used for retarding, stopping, and controlling the vehicle under normal operating conditions.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>“Stopping distance” means the distance traveled by a vehicle from the point of application of force to the brake control, to the point at which the vehicle reaches a full stop.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".06" heading="Wheels and Tires.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>This inspection requires the vehicle to be raised on an approved lift.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".07" heading="Bumpers (If so equipped).">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Bumpers are not required on low speed vehicles. However, if so equipped, they shall be inspected for broken or missing parts, sharp edges, or other conditions that could be hazardous to individuals. The bumpers shall be securely mounted to the vehicle.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".08" heading="Fenders and Flaps.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>A low speed vehicle shall be equipped with fender coverage of front and rear wheels. Inspection shall include condition, mounting, and coverage of wheels and tires.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".09" heading="Lighting.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Definitions.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>“Asymmetrical beam (nonsymmetrical)” means a beam in which both sides are not symmetrical with respect to the median vertical plane of the beam. All lower beams are asymmetrical.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>“Auxiliary driving lamp, auxiliary upper beam lamp, or auxiliary high beam lamp” means a lighting device mounted to provide illumination forward of the vehicle and intended to supplement the upper beam of a standard headlamp system. It is not intended for use alone or with the lower beam of a standard headlamp system.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>“Backup lamp” means a lamp used to provide illumination behind the vehicle, and to provide an indicator when the vehicle is in reverse gear.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>“Charge indicator” means a light, gauge, or other source indicating battery charge remaining.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(5)">
          <text>“Cornering lamp” means a steadily burning lamp used when the turn signal system is operating to supplement the headlamps by providing additional road illumination in the direction of the turn.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(6)">
          <text>“Emergency warning lamp” means a lamp that provides a flashing light to identify an authorized vehicle on an emergency mission. The emergency signal may be an oscillating lamp, a rotating beacon, or pairs of alternately or simultaneously flashing lamps.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(7)">
          <text>“Fog lamp” means a lamp that may be used with the lower beam headlights to provide illumination under condition of rain, snow, dust, or fog.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(8)">
          <text>“Hazard warning lamp” means a turn signal lamp that flashes simultaneously to warn of the presence of a vehicular hazard.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(9)">
          <text>Headlamps.</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>5 3/4 Inch Round Sealed Beam Unit.</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>“Type 1 sealed beam” means a sealed beam unit 5 3/4 inches in diameter having a single filament and providing only an upper beam distribution of light. This unit is identified by the number 1 on the lens and is aimed on the upper beam.</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>“Type 2 sealed beam unit” means a sealed beam unit 5 3/4 inches in diameter having two filaments, one filament providing the lower beam and one filament providing fill-in light for the upper beam. This unit is identified by the number 2 on the lens and is aimed on the lower beam.</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>"7 inch round sealed beam unit" means a sealed beam unit 7 inches in diameter providing an upper and lower beam. This unit is identified by the number 2 on the lens and is aimed on the lower beam. If there is no identifying number on the lens, it means the sealed beam unit is 7 inches in diameter providing upper and lower beams.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>"8 inch by 5 inch rectangular sealed beam unit" means a sealed beam unit providing an upper and lower beam. This unit is identified by the number 2B on the lens and is aimed on the lower beam.</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>6 1/2 by 4 1/4 Inch Rectangular Sealed Beam Unit.</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>“Type 1A” means a sealed beam unit having a single filament and providing only an upper beam distribution of light. The unit is identified by the number 1A on the lens and is aimed on the upper beam.</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>“Type 2A” means a sealed beam unit having two filaments, one of which provides fill-in light for the upper beam. This unit is identified by the number 2A on the lens and is aimed on the lower beam.</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>5.93 X 3.64 inch Rectangular Sealed Beam Units.</text>
            <paragraph num="(i)">
              <text>“Type LF” means a sealed beam unit having a single beam filament and providing only a lower beam distribution of light. The unit is identified by the designation LF on the lens.</text>
            </paragraph>
            <paragraph num="(ii)">
              <text>“Type UF” means a sealed beam unit having a single beam filament and providing only an upper beam distribution of light. The unit is identified by the designation UF on the lens.</text>
            </paragraph>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(f)">
            <text>“Replaceable bulb headlamp” means a headlamp unit comprised of one or two replaceable standard light sources such as a bulb and a headlamp housing or a lens/reflector unit.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(10)">
          <text>“Headlamp lower beam” means a distribution of light as directed to avoid glare in the eyes of oncoming drivers while providing illumination ahead of the vehicle, and intended for use in congested areas and on highways when meeting other vehicles within a distance of 500 feet.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(11)">
          <text>“Headlamp upper beam” means a distribution of light intended primarily for distant illumination and for use on the open highway when not meeting other vehicles.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(12)">
          <text>“Indicator lamp” means a lamp visible to the operator of a vehicle that indicates:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>Appropriate electrical circuits are in operation;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Malfunction of vehicle performance; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Requirement for remedial action by the operator of the vehicle.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(13)">
          <text>“Lamp” means a device used to produce artificial light.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(14)">
          <text>“Lane changer” means a device, usually incorporated in the turn signal switch, which will actuate the turn signal lamps when held by the driver. It is intended for momentary use for signaling a lane change. When released by the operator, it will return to neutral and deactivate the signal lamp.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(15)">
          <text>“License-plate lamp” means a lamp used to illuminate the license plate on the rear of a vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(16)">
          <text>“Operating units or switches” means devices by which the functioning of lamps is controlled.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(17)">
          <text>“Parking lamp” means lamps used to designate the front of a parked vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(18)">
          <text>“Reflective device” means a device used on vehicles to give an indication to an approaching driver by reflected light from the headlamps of approaching vehicles.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(19)">
          <text>“SAE Lighting Identification Code” means a series of standardized markings for lighting devices that a manufacturer or a supplier may use to mark a product to indicate the SAE lighting standard or standards to which the device is designed to conform. The code is not intended to limit the manufacturer or supplier in applying other markings to the devices.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(20)">
          <text>“Sealed beam headlamp assembly” means a major lighting device used to provide general illumination ahead of the vehicle. It consists of the following:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>One or more sealed beam units (bulb assembly);</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>Means for mounting securely to the vehicle; and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>Means to permit required aim adjustment.</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(21)">
          <text>“Sealed beam unit” means an integral and hermetically sealed optical assembly with the name “Sealed Beam” molded in the lens.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(22)">
          <text>“Side marker lamp” means a lamp on the left and right sides, beamed to the side and intended to indicate vehicle length. They are located near the front and rear on each side and, for vehicles 30 feet or more in overall length, are also located at the midpoint (intermediate side marker).</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(23)">
          <text>“Stop lamp” means a lamp giving a steady warning light to the rear of the vehicle, to indicate the intention of the operator of the vehicle to reduce speed or stop.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(24)">
          <text>“Symmetrical beam” means one in which both sides are symmetrical with respect to the median vertical plane of the beam. Lamps having symmetrical beams are:</text>
          <paragraph num="(a)">
            <text>5 3/4 inch diameter type 1, 1C, or 1C1;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(b)">
            <text>5 3/4 inch diameter type 2, 2C, or 2C1 (upper beam filament);</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(c)">
            <text>6 1/2 by 4 1/4 inch type 1A or 1A1;</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(d)">
            <text>6 1/2 by 4 1/4 inch type 2A, 2A1, 2G1, 2E1, or 2H1 (upper beam filament);</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(e)">
            <text>8 by 5 inch type 2B or 2B1 (upper beam filament);</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(f)">
            <text>All 7 inch diameter units (upper beam filament); and</text>
          </paragraph>
          <paragraph num="(g)">
            <text>Replaceable bulb headlamp (upper beam filament).</text>
          </paragraph>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(25)">
          <text>“Tail lamp” means a lamp used to designate the rear of a vehicle.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(26)">
          <text>“Turn signal lamp” means a lamp that provides a flashing warning light to indicate the intended direction of the turn.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <aftertext>Agency Note: The following are some examples of replaceable bulb headlamps, Type—HB1—9004 (low and high beam); HB2—9003 (low and high beam); HB3—9005 (high beam); HB4—9006 (low beam); and HB5—9007 (low and high beam). For more information and a complete list of replaceable bulb headlamps, consult an automotive lighting reference or specification guide, or vehicle manufacturer.</aftertext>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>General Lamp and Reflector Inspection. This includes all original or required equipment, exterior lighting plus whatever lights are authorized.</text>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Aim Inspection.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Headlamps. Only low beam headlamps are currently required on low speed vehicles. If a low speed vehicle is equipped with high and low beam headlamps, both lamps are required to function. A low beam headlamp shall have a minimum of 3,500 candlepower and a high beam headlamp a minimum of 5,000 candlepower. Headlamps that incorporate both high and low beam in the same assembly will be aligned on low beam. Headlamp inspection and aiming by computer image processing method requires a level area sufficient for the vehicle and test equipment. The test equipment shall be accurately calibrated to the floor and accurately aligned to the vehicle.</text>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>High Beam. Required to function, if so equipped. Inspect aim of high beam lamp only if high beam lamp has separate adjustment from low beam lamp.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>Non-Headlamps. Lighting installed by the vehicle manufacturer and used as headlamps, which are not properly marked as headlamps, excluding multibeam road lighting (high and low beam headlamps) that are improperly marked, or are types of lamps identified as other than headlamps. See Agency Note in §C Headlamps.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Fog Lamp and Auxiliary Driving Lamps. Only one spot lamp is allowed. It is not considered an auxiliary driving lamp and has no set mounting height by law. Therefore, it need not be inspected. If a vehicle is equipped with either fog lamps or auxiliary driving lamps, they shall be properly aimed. Fog lamps shall be mounted on the front of the vehicle at a height not more than 30 inches or less than 12 inches above the level surface on which the vehicle stands. Only two fog lamps are allowed by law. Auxiliary driving lamps shall be mounted on the front of the vehicle at a height not more than 42 inches or less than 16 inches above the level surface on which the vehicle stands. Only two auxiliary lamps are allowed by law. The mounting heights of auxiliary driving lamps do not apply to emergency vehicles. Whenever a motor vehicle equipped with required headlamps also is equipped with any auxiliary lamps or a spot lamp or any other lamp on its front, projecting a beam of intensity greater than 300 candlepower, not more than four of these lamps on the front of a vehicle may be lighted at any one time when on a highway.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="E.">
        <text>SAE Identification Code (J759 SAE Handbook).</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>The following list is an identifying code for lights and signaling devices:</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>All equipment for testing headlamps shall comply with the Society of Automotive Engineers Recommended Practice for Headlamp Inspection Equipment.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".10" heading="Electrical System.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The electrical system includes the key/ignition switch, battery pack, power cables, wiring, and necessary connections to power the unit, lighting system, and accessories.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".11" heading="Mirrors.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Outside Mirrors. As required by 49 CFR §571.500, all vehicles shall be equipped with an exterior mirror mounted on the driver's side of the vehicle and either an exterior mirror mounted on the passenger's side of the vehicle or an interior mirror.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Inside Mirrors. All vehicles not equipped with an inside rearview mirror shall be equipped with an exterior mirror mounted on the passenger side. The inside rearview mirror shall be adjustable and equipped with clear view glass providing a clear stable reflected view 200 feet to the rear.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".12" heading="Vehicle Glazing.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>As required under Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards, 49 CFR §571.500 “Low Speed Vehicles”, all low speed vehicles shall be equipped with a windshield that conforms to the federal motor vehicle safety standard on glazing materials, 49 CFR §571.205. Windshields of low speed vehicles must meet the ANSI/SAE Z26.1 —1996 specifications for either AS-1 or AS-4 glazing (incorporated by reference; see 49 CFR §571.5). Safety glazing is marked with the manufacturer's trademark and the letters “AS” followed by a number from 1 through 16B. Only AS-1 or AS-4 composition may be used in the windshield. Safety glazing for 1966 and later models also has a glass manufacturer's model number or a DOT (Department of Transportation) code number. Any questions regarding glazing shall be referred to the Automotive Safety Enforcement Division of the Department of State Police.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Definitions.</text>
        <paragraph num="(1)">
          <text>“Cloudiness” means any degree of visible discoloration or separation, except tinting that does not affect clear vision.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(2)">
          <text>“Critical area” means the normal windshield wiper sweep, except the area obscured by hood, fenders, or rearview mirror.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(3)">
          <text>“Non-critical area” means all windshield area outside the critical area.</text>
        </paragraph>
        <paragraph num="(4)">
          <text>“Normal windshield wiper sweep” means the area of windshield cleaned by the windshield wiper, excluding return position on both passenger's and driver's side.</text>
        </paragraph>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="C.">
        <text>Proper Marking. Inspect glass for proper markings.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="D.">
        <text>Glazing Damage.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".13" heading="Windshield Wipers and Washers.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The windshield wipers shall be inspected for operation, control, condition of blades and arms, or any missing part. Vehicle manufacturers may design vehicle to be equipped with only one windshield wiper.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".14" heading="Hood and Catches.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Inspection shall consist of operation and presence of hinges, latches, release mechanisms, safety catches, or fasteners, if so equipped, insuring that the hood encloses the motor compartment.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".15" heading="Doors, Handles, and Latches (If so equipped).">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Inspection of doors, handles, latches, and hinges applies to all vehicles originally manufactured with doors and all other vehicles that are equipped with doors.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".16" heading="Floor and Trunk Pans.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Floor and trunk pans shall be inspected for structural integrity and general condition.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".17" heading="Speedometer and Odometer.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Speedometer and odometer shall be inspected to determine if they are connected and speedometer is operable. The dial and speed increments of speedometer are legible, and calibrated in miles or kilometers.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".18" heading="Driver's Seat and All Passenger Seating.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The vehicle shall provide securely fastened seating arrangements, including a backrest for each intended occupant. The driver's seat shall be inspected for proper operation of the adjusting mechanism, along with any adjustable passenger seat if so equipped.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".19" heading="Safety Belts.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>As required under Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 49 CFR §571.500, Standard No. 500 Low Speed Vehicles, all low speed vehicles shall be equipped with a Type 1 or Type 2 seat belt assembly conforming to §571.209 of this part, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 209, Seat belt assemblies, installed at each designated seating position. Seat belt assembly means any strap, webbing, or similar device designed to secure a person in a motor vehicle in order to mitigate the results of an accident, including all necessary buckles and other fasteners, and all hardware designed for installing the seat belt assembly in a motor vehicle.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".20" heading="Motor, Transaxle, and Transmission Mounts.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Motor, transaxle, and transmission mounts include any mounting or securing device designed to hold the motor, transaxle, or transmission in a stable position.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".21" heading="Directional Control.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Inspect the directional control and reverse warning device.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".22" heading="Constant Velocity Joints and Universal Joints.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Constant velocity joints are generally found on drive axles. Universal joints are generally found on drive shafts and drive axles of vehicles.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".23" heading="Modifications.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Modifications&amp;#151;The controlling party, owner, person, or organization responsible for the conduct of the operator and maintenance of the low speed vehicle may not perform, or allow to be performed, any modifications or additions which affect capacity, safe operation, maximum speed, or any change not in accordance with the operator's manual without the manufacturer's prior written authorization. Where authorized modifications have been made, the controlling party shall ensure that capacity, operation, warning, and maintenance instruction plates, tags, and decals are changed accordingly. Modifications are described in SAE J2358, which is incorporated by reference in Regulation .02 of this chapter.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".24" heading="Vehicle Identification Number.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>As required under Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 49 CFR §571.500, Standard No. 500 Low Speed Vehicles, the manufacturers of all low speed vehicles shall legibly inscribe the vehicle identification number (VIN) that conforms to the requirements of 49 CFR Part 565 Vehicle Identification Number. Each VIN shall consist of 17 characters.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".25" heading="Certification Label.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>The federal motor vehicle safety certification label shall be affixed to the vehicle and identify it as a Low Speed Vehicle for the regulations under this chapter to apply.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <regulation prefix="Regulation" num=".26" heading="Safety Signs and Low Speed Vehicle Disclosure Decal.">
      <paragraph num="A.">
        <text>Safety signs, when installed by the vehicle manufacturer, shall be permanently affixed to the vehicle and visible to the operator and occupants as designed by the vehicle manufacturer.</text>
      </paragraph>
      <paragraph num="B.">
        <text>Low Speed Vehicle Disclosure Decal. A low speed vehicle disclosure decal shall be permanently affixed to the underside of the roof of the vehicle near the windshield on the driver's side. This decal shall be approximately 3 inches high by 5 inches wide and contain the disclosure statement information noted below.</text>
      </paragraph>
    </regulation>
    <annotations>
      <annotation type="Authority">Transportation Article, §§12-104(b), 21-1104(d), 22-101, and 23-101—23-105, Annotated Code of Maryland; 49 CFR §571.500</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Effective date:</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulations .01—.27 adopted as an emergency provision effective January 1, 2006 (33:4 Md. R. 349); emergency provision extended at 33:15 Md. R. 1275; emergency status expired December 28, 2006</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulations .01—.27 adopted as an emergency provision effective March 9, 2007 (34:9 Md. R. 824); emergency provision expired September 5, 2007</annotation>
      <annotation type="History" subtype="Administrative History">Regulations .01—.26 adopted effective September 10, 2007 (34:18 Md. R. 1580)</annotation>
    </annotations>
  </chapter>
</subtitle>